State of Affairs Wiki stateofaffairs_wiki http://stateofaffairs.shoutwiki.com/wiki/Main_Page MediaWiki 1.35.13 first-letter Media Special Talk User User talk State of Affairs Wiki State of Affairs Wiki talk File File talk MediaWiki MediaWiki talk Template Template talk Help Help talk Category Category talk Module Module talk Gadget Gadget talk Gadget definition Gadget definition talk 0 1 3254 3251 2023-06-02T20:48:46Z Lcawte 30 3254 wikitext text/x-wiki {{MainTemplate | welcome = Welcome to '''{{SITENAME}}!''' | blurb =The collaborative encyclopaedia about Charlie and the daily briefers. | about_title = About this site | about_content = State of Affairs wiki is an encyclopedia about the NBC series State of Affairs. State of Affairs is the new NBC TV series about a team of five CIA [[briefers]] tasked with preparing and delivering ''the book''. | featured_title = Charleston Tucker | featured_content = {{:Charleston Tucker}} | didyouknow_title = Did you know... | didyouknow_content = * ...that you can add your own "did you know" tidbits right here? | news_title = News | news_content = * This wiki was started! }} kb1ddz3bmr1k3ibtlc13e91a1jaedqm 0 45 102 2014-12-14T12:35:58Z Lcawte 30 Redirected page to [[Aaron Payton]] 102 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Aaron Payton]] apxoio0z1hymu5ac2euzlh6djife4jg 0 31 3219 70 2015-01-12T10:19:14Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3219 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Character |name = Aaron Payton |image = Aaron Payton.jpg |country = United States of America |death = {{life|''Date Unknown''|Kabul, Afghanistan}} |family = * {{PersonStatus|Constance Payton|alive|Mother}} * {{PersonStatus|Marshall Payton|alive|Father}} }} '''Aaron Payton''' was the son of the president of the United States, [[Constance Payton]] and was engaged to marry [[Charleston Tucker]]. Aaron died in the [[Kabul Operation]]. == Death == Aaron was shot by [[Omar Fatah]] in Kabul Afghanistan. The reasoning for his death is unknown however Aaron was pointing a gun at either Charlie or Fatah prior to Fatah killing him. atiw26k9u1u4zskwr6o4ip300zzbuwq 0 145 3247 2015-02-15T18:02:53Z 85.97.62.102 Created page with "es sa" 3247 wikitext text/x-wiki es sa bg4qojrxtf2kafd55jlj0vloqf5sv0s 0 137 3225 2015-01-13T12:06:26Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3225 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Episode |season = 1 |name = Ar Rissalah |episode = 5 |image = Ar Rissalah episode.jpg |firstair = {{#dateformat:15 dec 2014}} }} '''Ar Rissalah''' is the name of the fifth episode of State of Affairs and aired on December 15 2014. == Plot Summary == == Quotes == == Gallery == {{stub}} {{Episode Navbox}} ccrlkzyscnco8kw6uid1zkwkwe4xwsg 0 131 3214 3209 2014-12-23T16:45:20Z LcawteBot 31 Bot: Cosmetic changes 3214 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Episode |season = 1 |name = Bang, Bang |episode = 4 |image = Bang Bang.png |caption = |writers =<span> * Sarah Kucserka * Veronica Becker</span> |firstair = {{#dateformat:8 dec 2014}} }} '''Bang, Bang''' is the name of the forth episode of State of Affairs and aired on December 8 2014. [[Charleston Tucker|Charlie]] and [[Nick Vera|Nick]] get threatening texts, find out the source of the mysterious photo but things only get worse when it is revealed the photo was sold to the [[Krieg Group]]. The team deal with a smallpox outbreak in a former US lab in Panama, Constance is warned of the upcoming senate report by a former political friend, [[Kyle Green|Senator Green]] and Charlie's trust in her team is destroyed when a phone linked to the texts messages is found at the bottom of the burn chute from the seventh floor. == Plot Summary == == Quotes == == Gallery == <gallery> </gallery> {{Episode Navbox}} mk0d47gbe312v19mum8f5sancdmousk 0 136 3224 2015-01-13T12:06:19Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3224 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Episode |season = 1 |name = Bellerophon |episode = 7 |image = Bellerophon.jpg |firstair = {{#dateformat:5 jan 2015}} }} '''Bellerophon''' is the name of the seventh episode of State of Affairs and aired on January 5 2015. == Plot Summary == == Quotes == == Gallery == {{stub}} {{Episode Navbox}} n7mesoemn4goknbmrbmeqx0vjmtdyem 0 34 3236 163 2015-01-22T12:17:25Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3236 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Briefers.jpg|right|350px|link=|Charlie and the team in the CTC]] The Briefing team are based on the seventh floor of the CIA Headquarters in [[wikipedia:Langley|Langley]], [[wikipedia:Virginia|Virginia]]. The briefers are responsible of compiling the top ten most important threats to the security of the United States, otherwise known as ''The Book''. == Current Briefers == === Charleston Tucker === : ''Main Article - [[Charleston Tucker]]'' '''Charleston Tucker''' is the briefer for the [[Constance Payton|President]] of the United States. === Lucas Newsome === : ''Main Article - [[Lucas Newsome]]'' '''Lucas Newsome''' is the the briefer to the [[CIA Director|Director]] of the CIA. === Maureen James === : ''Main Article - [[Maureen James]]'' '''Maureen James''' is the briefer to the Secretary of Defence and is best friends with Charleston. === Dashiell Greer === : ''Main Article - [[Dashiell Greer]]'' '''Dashiell Greer''' is the briefer to various US intelligence agencies including the FBI Director and Justice Department. == Former Briefers == === Kurt Tannen === : ''Main Article - [[Kurt Tannen]]'' '''Kurt Tannen''' was the briefer to the US State Department. He was fired from the CIA for running a sting operation on [[Charleston Tucker|Charlie]]. [[Category:Current Briefers|*]] 1n0sqerjx4l8ecmwnfe737ccmhwl8mp 0 21 3238 3220 2015-01-23T08:51:50Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3238 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Character |image=Charleston.jpg |caption = Charleston at [[Aaron Payton|Aaron's]] memorial service in [[Pilot]]. |name = Charleston Tucker |job = Analyst, [[CIA]] |country = United States of America |portrayed=[[wikipedia:Katherine Heigl|Katherine Keigl]] }} '''Charleston ''Charlie'' Tucker''' is an analyst at the [[Central Intelligence Agency]] and was the [[President]]'s daily briefer tasked with notifying POTUS of the ten most vital security issues facing the [[United States]]. She was previously engaged to the president's son, [[Aaron Payton]] until he was killed by [[Omar Fatah]] in Kabul. == Personal Life == Charleston's father worked for the CIA and knew [[Anatoly Simonov]] whom she spoke with in [[Secrets & Lies]]. Charleston played with Simonov's daughter Sabina once in a park while the two men spoke. She also had a relationship with [[Nick Vera]]. === Aaron === Charlie was engaged to [[Aaron Payton]] before his death in [[Kabul]]. == Career == == External links == * {{IMDb Char|ch0447202}} [[Category:Current CIA Analysts|Tucker, Charleston]] [[Category:Current Briefers|Tucker, Charleston]] pdqnbxjpchhtvfv8798x8bu9wc9f5ab 0 44 101 2014-12-14T12:35:41Z Lcawte 30 Redirected page to [[Charleston Tucker]] 101 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Charleston Tucker]] 1mfo3bf7fzsmur4vscb4tn7mfmh2mcg 0 24 3217 116 2015-01-12T10:18:54Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3217 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Character |image=President.jpg |caption = Payton at the oval office |name = Constance Payton |job = President of the United States of America |country = United States of America |portrayed=[[wikipedia:Alfre Woodard|Alfre Woodard]] |family={{personStatus|Marshall Payton|alive|Husband}}<br />{{personStatus|Aaron Payton|dead|Son}} }} '''Constance Payton''' holds the office of the President of the United States of America (''POTUS'') and is the first black woman to hold this office. == Military Career == Constance served in the United States Air Force before starting her political career. == Political Career == Constance was a democratic senator before running for President. She helped build [[Senator Kyle Green]]'s political career until Green defected in the middle of the election. == Quotes == * ''"The truth Charleston is what we determine it to be - and it lies not in the facts but in the telling"'' lqgaejnfg0hfwep0zrzekmjvsl91tx9 0 139 3244 3228 2015-01-27T10:00:35Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3244 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Episode |season = 1 |name = Cry Havoc |episode = 9 |image = Cry Havoc.jpg |firstair = {{#dateformat:19 jan 2015}} }} '''Cry Havoc''' is the name the name of the ninth episode of State of Affairs which aired on January 19 2015. == Plot Summary == == Quotes == == Gallery == {{stub}} {{Episode Navbox}} 065se55qid3dxr8wxl1l7qdzd5jew1b 0 46 103 2014-12-14T12:36:27Z Lcawte 30 Redirected page to [[Dashiell Greer]] 103 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Dashiell Greer]] hbjbf3ts8aakor58sk4trlyae2jhndm 0 53 113 2014-12-14T13:09:29Z Lcawte 30 Redirected page to [[Dashiell Greer]] 113 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Dashiell Greer]] hbjbf3ts8aakor58sk4trlyae2jhndm 0 48 3241 3218 2015-01-23T08:56:21Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3241 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Character |image=Dashiell Greer.png |caption = |name = Dashiell Greer |job = Analyst, [[CIA]] |country = United States of America |portrayed=[[wikipedia:Tommy Savas|Tommy Savas]] }} '''Dashiell ''Dash'' Greer''' is an analyst at the [[Central Intelligence Agency]] and is also the briefer to the intelligence and law enforcement community. His customers include the FBI Director and the Justice Department. == Personal Life == == Career == == External links == * {{IMDb Char|ch0489656}} [[Category:Current CIA Analysts|Greer, Dashiell]] [[Category:Current Briefers|Greer, Dashiell]] 7rvnjwyfxxr23cxta4gei4xr1p64w6i 0 138 3227 2015-01-13T12:14:32Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3227 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Episode |season = 1 |name = Ghosts |episode = 8 |image = Ghosts.jpg |firstair = {{#dateformat:12 jan 2015}} }} '''Ghosts''' is the name of the eigth episode of State of Affairs and aired on January 12 2015. == Plot Summary == == Quotes == == Gallery == {{stub}} {{Episode Navbox}} h9aqhcvrvix2nxv285x0izt02fh42l2 0 40 3206 130 2014-12-22T02:55:35Z Lcawte 30 +navbox 3206 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Episode |season = 1 |name = Half the Sky |episode = 3 |image = Half the Sky.png |caption = POTUS and the Chinese President. |writers =<span> * Kim Clements </span> |firstair = {{#dateformat:1 dec 2014}} }} '''Half the Sky''' is the name of the third episode of State of Affairs and aired on December 1 2014. Boko Haram kidnap a bus full of Nigerian schoolgirls shortly before the President meets with a delegation from China. Help from [[Charleston Tucker|Charleston]] and the team gives [[Constance Payton|Constance]] leverage over the Chinese and prompts a privately led rescue mission to save the girls. {{stub|episode}} {{Episode Navbox}} ed8d1j39wlp0zpw3le37c8lar18n44p 0 147 3250 2016-10-23T02:51:00Z 108.76.119.144 Kabul 3250 wikitext text/x-wiki Kabul is the Capital of Afghanistan. It serves as the main seat of the Afghan government. It is also a haven for deadly Terrorist attacks as well as activities. The city has a well known reputation for its terrorists groups and terrorists cells. During a delegation visit to the city by then congress lady Constance Payton, Charleston tucker, and Aaron Payton. Their motorcade was attacked by Omar Fattah and his terrorist forces. The car contain the three people was wrecked and Aaron Payton was killed. Constance Payton and Charleston survived the shootout. Charleston was pulled away from the crossfire by Omar Fattah who later gunned down his own men to save Charleston. j2lhjkyi5rvhqvg09l1p7sbczu2pry9 0 146 3248 2015-11-25T19:42:18Z 107.130.112.167 The Kabul ambush 3248 wikitext text/x-wiki The Kabul operation was an event where The then congress lady Constance Payton, Charleston Tucker, and Aaron Payton went on a delegation trip to Kabul Afghanistan. Where their Convoy was ambushed by terrorist's under the command of Omar Fatah. After a massive gun battle between the diplomatic soldiers and the terrorist's, the car carrying Tucker, Constance, and Aaron flipped over. Charleston was pulled away from the wreck by a surviving soldier. Aaron was shot and killed second before the soldier pulling Charleston also got shot. Charleston then ran behind a wall were Omar killed his own men. esy2yxp9n9k7nrrecf8mdvl06up6fg2 0 63 147 2014-12-15T23:34:14Z Lcawte 30 Redirected page to [[Kurt Tannen]] 147 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Kurt Tannen]] lkj47x55p696fgo6k2ln3o3w94udltc 0 62 3235 3234 2015-01-22T12:16:50Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3235 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Character |image=Kurt.png |name = Kurt Tannen |job = Analyst, [[CIA]] |country = United States of America }} '''Kurt Tannen''' was an analyst at the [[Central Intelligence Agency]] and now works for the [[Krieg Group]]. While at the CIA he was the briefer to the US State Department. == Personal Life == Kurt has attempted to ask his colleague [[Maureen James|Mo]] out for dinner, however the romantic interest was not recognised and [[Dashiell Greer|Dash]] invited himself to dinner with declined invitations also given to the team. == Career == Kurt worked for the CIA and briefed the US State Department. He was fired from the CIA for running a 'sting' operation on [[Charleston Tucker]] for US Senator [[Kyle Green]]. He was found out after being the only [[briefer]] to pass his polygraph without fault, using the thumb tac trick - stepping on the tac everytime he told a lie to trick the polygraph into believing that the answer was the truth. After he leaves the seventh floor, he goes to meet [[Victor Gantry]] to discuss a job at the [[Krieg Group]]. [[Category:Former CIA Analysts|Tannen, Kurt]] [[Category:Former Briefers|Tannen, Kurt]] a4e1rshyxn0g4zet2nfczn1cc78h820 0 65 150 2014-12-15T23:47:53Z Lcawte 30 Redirected page to [[Lucas Newsome]] 150 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Lucas Newsome]] 3t2u3jvmscpilul6u0wccjw7zn6w4pl 0 64 3240 159 2015-01-23T08:55:42Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3240 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Character |image=Lucas.jpg |caption=Lucas in the Oval Office, [[Pilot]]. |name = Lucas Newsome |job = Analyst, [[CIA]] |country = United States of America }} '''Lucas Newsome''' is an analyst at the [[Central Intelligence Agency]] and is also the briefer to the [[CIA Director]]. == Personal Life == == Career == Lucas was promoted to the briefing role at an age older than most are when they begin the job. Lucas is knowledgeable on China and good friends with [[Raymond Navaro]], the director of the CIA. The [[briefers]] initially were very suspicious of Lucas for having such a close connection to both directors however now seem more welcoming of him. == External links == * {{IMDb Char|ch0489648}} [[Category:Current CIA Analysts|Newsome, Lucas]] [[Category:Current Briefers|Newsome, Licas]] 5fve9pf0aatofqw65n5a1iylh2s7hxb 0 1 3254 3251 2023-06-02T20:48:46Z Lcawte 30 3254 wikitext text/x-wiki {{MainTemplate | welcome = Welcome to '''{{SITENAME}}!''' | blurb =The collaborative encyclopaedia about Charlie and the daily briefers. | about_title = About this site | about_content = State of Affairs wiki is an encyclopedia about the NBC series State of Affairs. State of Affairs is the new NBC TV series about a team of five CIA [[briefers]] tasked with preparing and delivering ''the book''. | featured_title = Charleston Tucker | featured_content = {{:Charleston Tucker}} | didyouknow_title = Did you know... | didyouknow_content = * ...that you can add your own "did you know" tidbits right here? | news_title = News | news_content = * This wiki was started! }} kb1ddz3bmr1k3ibtlc13e91a1jaedqm 0 135 3223 2015-01-13T12:05:28Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3223 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Episode |season = 1 |name = Masquerade |episode = 6 |image = Masquerade.jpg |firstair = {{#dateformat:22 dec 2014}} }} '''Masquerade''' is the name of the sixth episode of State of Affairs and aired on December 22 2014. == Plot Summary == == Quotes == == Gallery == {{stub}} {{Episode Navbox}} gbagixxq4tkomnqzqeuif4vs3sosmx4 0 55 3243 145 2015-01-23T09:10:02Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3243 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Character |image=Mo.png |caption = Maureen on the phone to [[Charleston Tucker|Charleston]] in the episode [[Pilot]]. |name = Maureen James |job = Analyst, [[CIA]] |country = United States of America |portrayed=[[wikipedia:Sheila Vand|Sheila Vand]] }} '''Maureen ''Mo'' James''' is an analyst at the [[Central Intelligence Agency]] and is also the briefer to the Secretary of Defence. == Personal Life == Mo is best friends with [[Charleston Tucker|Charlie]]. She recently divorced her ex-Husband "Keith". == Career == Before joining the [[CIA]], Maureen was in the United States Navy. == External links == * {{IMDb Char|ch0489653}} [[Category:Current CIA Analysts|James, Maureen]] [[Category:Current Briefers|James, Maureen]] mufm5o4djw0lylostovzm970prj6eym 0 47 104 2014-12-14T12:36:42Z Lcawte 30 Redirected page to [[Maureen James]] 104 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Maureen James]] gqhrm7v0dqmr2r8bowg5wwi6lmtew6o 0 60 3208 3207 2014-12-22T12:26:17Z Lcawte 30 3208 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Character |image=Nick.png |caption = Nick observing the rescue operation in [[Half the Sky]]. |name = Nick Vera |job = Independent Contractor |country = United States of America }} '''Nick Vera''' is an independent contractor with ties to both the [[CIA]] and the [[Krieg Group]]. == Personal Life == Nick had a relationship with Charleston prior to [[Kabul]]. Nick was abducted from Charleston's car at the end of [[Bang, Bang]] as the pair were getting intimate. == Career == Nick was contracted out by the CIA to interrogate and turn [[Omar Abdul Fatah]]. He was one of five on board the level ten black ship, the [[Midnight City]] where Nick employed tactics including physical violence to try and turn Fatah. It is suggested that Nick has done prior work with the CIA perhaps when he states to Charlie that "I'm not CIA on this one". In [[Bang, Bang]] it revealed by [[Syd]] that Nick previously worked for the Krieg Group, a private military and intelligence contracting group. [[Category:CIA Contractors|Vera, Nick]] [[Category:Krieg Group|Vera, Nick]] sjyvtr8h1jrvoszsqu69uh7ee73k0yt 0 144 3246 2015-02-11T10:08:09Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3246 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Omar Fatah]] npq3mj552vlw7xtc1w7lrvdg5gys6bz 0 134 3222 2015-01-13T12:05:14Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3222 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Character |image=Fatah.jpg |caption = |name = Omar Abdul Fatah |job = Deputy of [[Ar Rissalah]] |country = }} '''Omar Abdul Fatah''' is a CIA asset under the codename '''''Pegasus''''' and is second in command of the [[Ar Rissalah]] terrorist organisation. Fatah killed the President's son, [[Aaron Payton]] while pulling [[Charleston Tucker|Charlie]] from the convoy wreck in [[Kabul Operation|Kabul]]. {{stub}} [[Category:CIA Assets|Fatah, Omar Abdul]] [[Category:Ar Rissalah|Fatah, Omar Abdul]] kugbsfhmaee66r92vrwb280j5kjv0yb 0 54 115 2014-12-14T13:10:45Z Lcawte 30 Redirected page to [[Constance Payton]] 115 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Constance Payton]] 6nn83nzxuol0l4uwgzk54w3s1fm1mce 0 36 3204 114 2014-12-22T02:52:13Z Lcawte 30 +navbox 3204 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Episode |season = 1 |name = Pilot |episode = 1 |image = Pilot.png |caption = [[Lucas]] and [[Charlie]] awaiting a meeting with Acting Director [[Skinner]] |writers =<span> * Alexi Hawley * Joe Carnahan * Susan Morris</span> |firstair = {{#dateformat:17 nov 2014}} }} '''Pilot''' is the name of the first episode of State of Affairs and aired on November 17 2014. The team oversee the rescue of an American hostage from rebels in Kenya. Charlie has a close call with the acting director and starts receiving the [[Mystery Texts|mysterious text messages]]. == Plot Summary == {{incomplete}} The episode opens with a flashback of the [[Kabul Operation]] one year earlier. Charleston is in a therapy session trying to deal with the aftermath of [[Aaron]]'s death in Kabul. After asking Tim out of her apartment at 1.30AM, Charleston gets to work at CIA headquarters in Langley where she is greeted by security staff. While waiting for the lift she has a flashback of Aaron's death after seeing a news story about the one year memorial of his death on IBC News. As the lift door closes, [[Lucas]] enters at the last moment. The pair engage in light comedic small talk about Lucas' age and their education. Charlie then introduces Lucas to the [[briefers]] and then start preparing the book when [[Dash]] finds a video of the American hostage, Dr Butler being abducted in Kenya. The video shows the [[wikipedia:Al-Shabaab (militant group)|al-Shabaab]] splinter group entering the refugee camp in a jeep, entering the medical tent, murdering the patients and beating Butler with rifle stocks. [[Mo]] and Charlie note how similar Butler looks like Aaron. == Quotes == '''[[David Patrick]]''': "You don't make policy - the President of the Unites States does." '''[[Dash Greer]]''': "I don't know Tom Clancy, did she?" == Gallery == <gallery> Pilot.png|Awaiting a meeting with [[Director Skinner]] about setting up a meeting between [[POTUS]] and [[Khan]]. Pilot Texts.png|Charlie realises these texts are a serious issue. Pilot Suspended.png|Email regarding Charlie's suspension. Pilot Memorial.png|Charlie and Constance after Aaron's memorial. </gallery> {{Episode Navbox}} p6z5fndvto7f4rl69ebb31iei7lnluc 0 23 33 2014-11-25T22:50:02Z Lcawte 30 Redirected page to [[Constance Payton]] 33 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Constance Payton]] 6nn83nzxuol0l4uwgzk54w3s1fm1mce 0 39 86 2014-12-02T11:56:00Z Lcawte 30 Redirected page to [[Secrets and Lies]] 86 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Secrets and Lies]] bz53vf01v87oamz7frk4shsxulouoh9 0 38 3205 123 2014-12-22T02:55:08Z Lcawte 30 +navbox 3205 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Episode |season = 1 |name = Secrets & Lies |episode = 2 |image = Secrets and Lies.jpg |writers =<span> * Edward Allen Bernero</span> |firstair = {{#dateformat:24 nov 2014}} }} '''Secrets & Lies''' is the name of the second episode of State of Affairs and aired on November 24 2014. [[Charleston Tucker|Charlie]] has to make a tough call when a Russian submarine is found to be spying on US Defence Communications travelling through deep-sea fiber optics arrays. When a CIA asset on-board makes contact, diplomatic tensions rise and [[Constance Payton|Constance]] is forced to make a tough decision when faced with the threat of conflict with Russia. == Plot Summary == {{Episode Navbox}} 5gi9oket7cgufaqk5dktviglot6qhb2 0 140 3245 3229 2015-01-27T10:01:41Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3245 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Episode |season = 1 |name = The War at Home |episode = 10 |image = The War at Home.jpg |firstair = {{#dateformat:26 jan 2015}} }} '''The War at Home''' is the name of the tenth episode of State of Affairs which aired on January 26 2015. == Plot Summary == == Quotes == == Gallery == {{stub}} {{Episode Navbox}} mye46zvrwbg6mjd1k8qipidbubcrhvh 2 14 22 2012-09-08T10:44:22Z Cook879 3260833 Created page with "{{s:User:Cook879}}" 22 wikitext text/x-wiki {{s:User:Cook879}} 9su9qgtkhumcgf8i780pgt3wo24q5pz 2 9 15 2010-10-03T15:20:51Z Derfel 6 Created page with '{{s:User:Jack Phoenix}}' 15 wikitext text/x-wiki {{s:User:Jack Phoenix}} 6ro834g7pksykgxv8eh2repv34pkxgf 2 13 21 20 2012-08-18T14:01:09Z Lcawte 30 21 wikitext text/x-wiki {{s::User:Lcawte}} frltizqdkch5uoothg3wyd5gcpgzfni 2 26 160 142 2014-12-19T21:37:37Z Lcawte 30 160 wikitext text/x-wiki <div id="mainpage-top"> [[File:StateOfAffairsText.png|500px|link=|State of Affairs]] {| class="mainpage-table" style="margin-top:15px; padding:4px;" |{{MainPageCharacter|image=Charleston.jpg|articlename=Charleston Tucker|name=Charleston Tucker}} |{{MainPageCharacter|image=President.jpg|articlename=Constance Payton|name=Constance Payton}} |{{MainPageCharacter|image=Nick.png|articlename=Nick Vera|name=Nick Vera}} |{{MainPageCharacter|image=Syd.png|articlename=Syd Vaslo|name=Syd Vaslo}} |{{MainPageCharacter|image=Mo.png|articlename=Maureen James|name=Maureen James}} |- |{{MainPageCharacter|image=Lucas.jpg|articlename=Lucas Newsome|name=Lucas Newsome}} |{{MainPageCharacter|image=Dash.png|articlename=Dashiell Greer|name=Dashiell Greer}} |{{MainPageCharacter|image=Kurt.png|articlename=Kurt Tannen|name=Kurt Tannen}} |{{MainPageCharacter|image=Aaron.png|articlename=Aaron Payton|name=Aaron Payton}} |{{MainPageCharacter|image=David.png|articlename=David Patrick|name=David Patrick}} |} </div> <div id="mainpage-content"> {| id="mainpage-episodetracker" | 1 2 3 4 || [[Ar Rissalah]] || 6 7 |- | colspan=3 | 15 December 2014 |- |} {| ! Featured Article |} </div> <div id="mainpage-news"> {| id="mainpage-news" |Feed here |} {| id="mainpage-socialmedia" ! State of Affairs Wiki |- |[[File:Twitter.png|100px|link=https://twitter.com/soawiki|State of Affairs Wiki on Twitter]][[File:Facebook.png|100px|link=https://www.facebook.com/StateofAffairsWiki|State of Affairs Wiki on Facebook]] </div> k9exkrwdu32xncnswaez5jnfhir588c 2 10 16 2010-10-03T15:28:32Z Derfel 6 Created page with '{{s:User:Lynton}}' 16 wikitext text/x-wiki {{s:User:Lynton}} 8h7k36todrq0n17z8j4o7p81r5s2myv 2 12 19 18 2010-12-30T05:43:26Z Lynton 3 update 19 wikitext text/x-wiki This account is used by [[s:ShoutWiki Staff|ShoutWiki Staff]] when performing maintenance tasks. This account is not a bot and cannot be blocked. If there is a problem with an edit from this account, please inform a member of the [[s:Customer Support Team|Customer Support Team]] using [[Special:Contact]]. Thanks, ShoutWiki Staff 8u83a4eosok8vsr2v7vagsq052zlpfg 2 11 17 2010-10-03T15:28:58Z Derfel 6 Created page with '{{s:User:Pinky}}' 17 wikitext text/x-wiki {{s:User:Pinky}} hgdajp5grwpcoowshkysu9tztoxr2e4 2 18 27 2013-08-21T20:03:47Z Solar Dragon 2157490 Created page with "{{s:User:Solar Dragon}}" 27 wikitext text/x-wiki {{s:User:Solar Dragon}} tg315zz6qwbn7bcbj95b3n93xu2jvoc 3 15 24 23 2012-09-08T10:46:56Z Cook879 3260833 24 wikitext text/x-wiki {| align="center" style="background: #ccf; border: 3px solid #8888AA; width: 100%; -moz-border-radius: 80px;" |- | Hi. Welcome to my talk page. Feel free to [http://{{SERVERNAME}}/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Cook879&action=edit&section=new post a message] below. |} r3ikw28tsv3q58cksiya005d2t1n0ig 3 17 3253 26 2023-05-21T08:23:58Z Normal Lcawte 30642294 /* Hello */ new section 3253 wikitext text/x-wiki {{s::User talk:Lcawte/header}} == Hello == Can you notification --[[User:Normal Lcawte|Normal Lcawte]] ([[User talk:Normal Lcawte|talk]]) 08:23, 21 May 2023 (UTC) hjeqvy444bbpcc85n9zpi3eeqw3ae4r 3 19 29 28 2013-08-21T21:30:04Z Solar Dragon 2157490 29 wikitext text/x-wiki {{s::User:Solar Dragon/Talkheader}} o2y3a4p2midvn09l97rwprgfdpfgdbp 4 142 3231 2015-01-13T12:25:27Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3231 wikitext text/x-wiki '''{{SITENAME}}''' is a free online community run encyclopedia on the NBC series [[State of Affairs]] following the CIA's team of briefers. <!--- == Statistics == == What {{SITENAME}} is '''not''' == * An official website affiliated with NBC, any of the actors or members of the show's crew. It is entirely run by fans of the show and wiki enthusiasts. ---> == Welcome words == Like most other [[wikipedia:wiki|wikis]], anyone can edit these pages, and no one actually "owns" the wiki or its content. By all means be bold in your edits, adding content and information that you believe others will want to know about. But please also remember to collaborate with others, be friendly, discuss differences of opinion, and be mindful of the work others have done on this project before you got here. Remember that they are, like you, volunteers and fans, and they like what they've done here. Approach your edits in the spirit of improving the wiki, rather than "putting your stamp on it" and your presence here will be a blessing, not one that is resented. Try to be accurate in your statements and leave links and/or other verifiable source information in articles you edit. Feel free to add your opinions and feelings where it's appropriate and where it's clearly labelled as such. == Site History == {{SITENAME}} was founded by [[User:Lcawte|Lcawte]] on the 25th November 2014, a day after the second episode of the show ([[Secrets and Lies]]) aired. The site was set up on the ShoutWiki wiki-farm at ''stateofaffairs.shoutwiki.com''. == For first-time editors == Please see [[Help:Contents|help page]] for many helpful editing tips and hints. If you can't find an answer to your question there, ask it [[State of Affairs Wiki:Administrators|from an admin]]. Is this your first time here? Please consider feeling your way around, learning how to edit by hitting the "edit" tab, and not starting off your career as an editor by vandalizing pages (if you add things to pages to "test" how to edit, it's vandalism if you hit the 'save page' button). There will be a great temptation to make a dozen edits in your first hour or two here. That's GREAT! But please make them quality edits that will make you a valued member of a team, not a "spoiler" who ruins what others have worked hard to create. While it's not required before you start editing, registering and adopting a user name is a ''good idea''. When people see your IP number - rather than a user name - they may assume you are here to vandalize pages, not contribute. If you are here to contribute, you'll want to establish a "good name". You don't have to, of course. ==Words of Wisdom== # Start editing. # Add articles and improve others. # [[State of Affairs Wiki:Vandalism|'''Don't''' blank information and '''don't''' add nonsense]]. [[Category:State of Affairs Wiki|About]] rmxsrcsk1ee793atiig8llh9opxvc1d 4 141 3230 2015-01-13T12:20:10Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3230 wikitext text/x-wiki Please see the privacy policy for ShoutWiki [[s:Privacy policy|here]] awf3whji7x0gmrconxi8gnkzsdmroxv 6 132 3212 3210 2014-12-22T12:49:48Z Lcawte 30 3212 wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{license-NBC}} 7at7i773dr7if9orqjxrjsupk5tvnda 6 68 164 162 2014-12-19T23:40:24Z Lcawte 30 /* Licensing */ 164 wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{license-NBC}} 7at7i773dr7if9orqjxrjsupk5tvnda 6 22 175 32 2014-12-19T23:42:59Z Lcawte 30 175 wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{license-NBC}} 7at7i773dr7if9orqjxrjsupk5tvnda 6 49 172 107 2014-12-19T23:42:29Z Lcawte 30 + {{license-NBC}} 172 wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{license-NBC}} 7at7i773dr7if9orqjxrjsupk5tvnda 6 133 3221 2015-01-12T10:25:30Z Lcawte 30 3221 wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{license-NBC}} 7at7i773dr7if9orqjxrjsupk5tvnda 6 41 156 95 2014-12-19T20:39:06Z Lcawte 30 Lcawte uploaded a new version of [[File:Facebook.png]] 156 wikitext text/x-wiki Free to use as per [http://webtreats.mysitemyway.com/terms-of-use/ license]. 49nho35si9n1jlw4ikhcvdi31c5uw9f 6 57 167 131 2014-12-19T23:40:52Z Lcawte 30 167 wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{license-NBC}} 7at7i773dr7if9orqjxrjsupk5tvnda 6 66 165 158 2014-12-19T23:40:28Z Lcawte 30 165 wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{license-NBC}} 7at7i773dr7if9orqjxrjsupk5tvnda 6 56 168 118 2014-12-19T23:41:01Z Lcawte 30 168 wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{license-NBC}} 7at7i773dr7if9orqjxrjsupk5tvnda 6 99 1361 2014-12-22T01:54:44Z Lcawte 30 1361 wikitext text/x-wiki phoiac9h4m842xq45sp7s6u21eteeq1 6 61 166 141 2014-12-19T23:40:43Z Lcawte 30 166 wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{license-NBC}} 7at7i773dr7if9orqjxrjsupk5tvnda 6 43 173 97 2014-12-19T23:42:40Z Lcawte 30 + {{license-NBC}} 173 wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{license-NBC}} 7at7i773dr7if9orqjxrjsupk5tvnda 6 50 171 109 2014-12-19T23:42:20Z Lcawte 30 + {{license-NBC}} 171 wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{license-NBC}} 7at7i773dr7if9orqjxrjsupk5tvnda 6 52 169 111 2014-12-19T23:41:55Z Lcawte 30 + {{license-NBC}} 169 wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{license-NBC}} 7at7i773dr7if9orqjxrjsupk5tvnda 6 51 170 110 2014-12-19T23:42:07Z Lcawte 30 + {{license-NBC}} 170 wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{license-NBC}} 7at7i773dr7if9orqjxrjsupk5tvnda 6 25 174 35 2014-12-19T23:42:50Z Lcawte 30 + {{license-NBC}} 174 wikitext text/x-wiki == Licensing == {{license-NBC}} 7at7i773dr7if9orqjxrjsupk5tvnda 6 148 3252 2023-05-14T08:57:44Z Lcawte 30 3252 wikitext text/x-wiki phoiac9h4m842xq45sp7s6u21eteeq1 6 28 152 120 2014-12-19T19:34:17Z Lcawte 30 Lcawte uploaded a new version of [[File:StripesBackground.jpg]] 152 wikitext text/x-wiki Stock image on [http://www.deviantart.com/art/Stripes-428654013 DeviantArt] by "trash2treasurestock" dlnzoqx3vyx2bwur6jranz1ehjk0mc4 6 42 157 96 2014-12-19T20:39:56Z Lcawte 30 Lcawte uploaded a new version of [[File:Twitter.png]] 157 wikitext text/x-wiki Free to use as per [http://webtreats.mysitemyway.com/terms-of-use/ license]. 49nho35si9n1jlw4ikhcvdi31c5uw9f 6 16 151 36 2014-12-19T19:33:15Z Lcawte 30 Lcawte uploaded a new version of [[File:Wiki.png]] 151 wikitext text/x-wiki Wiki logo. Upload a new image over this one to set your own logo. dgwmv2n7qsfzlck7bqxtq40b45oxer2 8 30 3203 3201 2014-12-22T02:51:02Z Lcawte 30 3203 css text/css /* CSS placed here will be applied to all skins */ .infobox { float: right; } .infobox-character { max-width: 300px; } .infobox-episode { max-width: 250px; } /* Imboxes */ table.imbox-license { border: 3px solid #88a; /* Dark gray */ background: #f7f8ff; /* Light gray */ } /* Style for horizontal lists (separator following item). IE8-specific classes are assigned in [[MediaWiki:Common.js/IEFixes.js]]. @source mediawiki.org/wiki/Snippets/Horizontal_lists @revision 6 (2014-05-09) @author [[User:Edokter]] */ .hlist dl, .hlist ol, .hlist ul { margin: 0; padding: 0; } /* Display list items inline */ .hlist dd, .hlist dt, .hlist li { margin: 0; display: inline; } /* Display nested lists inline */ .hlist.inline, .hlist.inline dl, .hlist.inline ol, .hlist.inline ul, .hlist dl dl, .hlist dl ol, .hlist dl ul, .hlist ol dl, .hlist ol ol, .hlist ol ul, .hlist ul dl, .hlist ul ol, .hlist ul ul { display: inline; } /* Generate interpuncts */ .hlist dt:after { content: ": "; } .hlist dd:after, .hlist li:after { content: " · "; font-weight: bold; } .hlist dd:last-child:after, .hlist dt:last-child:after, .hlist li:last-child:after { content: none; } /* For IE8 */ .hlist dd.hlist-last-child:after, .hlist dt.hlist-last-child:after, .hlist li.hlist-last-child:after { content: none; } /* Add parentheses around nested lists */ .hlist dd dd:first-child:before, .hlist dd dt:first-child:before, .hlist dd li:first-child:before, .hlist dt dd:first-child:before, .hlist dt dt:first-child:before, .hlist dt li:first-child:before, .hlist li dd:first-child:before, .hlist li dt:first-child:before, .hlist li li:first-child:before { content: " ("; font-weight: normal; } .hlist dd dd:last-child:after, .hlist dd dt:last-child:after, .hlist dd li:last-child:after, .hlist dt dd:last-child:after, .hlist dt dt:last-child:after, .hlist dt li:last-child:after, .hlist li dd:last-child:after, .hlist li dt:last-child:after, .hlist li li:last-child:after { content: ") "; font-weight: normal; } /* For IE8 */ .hlist dd dd.hlist-last-child:after, .hlist dd dt.hlist-last-child:after, .hlist dd li.hlist-last-child:after, .hlist dt dd.hlist-last-child:after, .hlist dt dt.hlist-last-child:after, .hlist dt li.hlist-last-child:after, .hlist li dd.hlist-last-child:after, .hlist li dt.hlist-last-child:after, .hlist li li.hlist-last-child:after { content: ") "; font-weight: normal; } /* Put ordinals in front of ordered list items */ .hlist ol { counter-reset: listitem; } .hlist ol > li { counter-increment: listitem; } .hlist ol > li:before { content: " " counter(listitem) " "; white-space: nowrap; } .hlist dd ol > li:first-child:before, .hlist dt ol > li:first-child:before, .hlist li ol > li:first-child:before { content: " (" counter(listitem) " "; } /* Unbulleted lists */ .plainlist ol, .plainlist ul { line-height: inherit; list-style: none none; margin: 0; } .plainlist ol li, .plainlist ul li { margin-bottom: 0; } /* Default style for navigation boxes */ .navbox { /* Navbox container style */ border: 1px solid #aaa; width: 100%; margin: auto; clear: both; font-size: 88%; text-align: center; padding: 1px; } .navbox-inner, .navbox-subgroup { width: 100%; } .navbox-group, .navbox-title, .navbox-abovebelow { padding: 0.25em 1em; /* Title, group and above/below styles */ line-height: 1.5em; text-align: center; } th.navbox-group { /* Group style */ white-space: nowrap; /* @noflip */ text-align: right; } .navbox, .navbox-subgroup { background: #fdfdfd; /* Background color */ } .navbox-list { line-height: 1.8em; border-color: #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */ } .navbox th, .navbox-title { background: #3C3B6E; /* Level 1 color */ } .navbox-abovebelow, th.navbox-group, .navbox-subgroup .navbox-title { background: #ddddff; /* Level 2 color */ } .navbox-subgroup .navbox-group, .navbox-subgroup .navbox-abovebelow { background: #e6e6ff; /* Level 3 color */ } .navbox-even { background: #f7f7f7; /* Even row striping */ } .navbox-odd { background: transparent; /* Odd row striping */ } table.navbox + table.navbox { /* Single pixel border between adjacent navboxes */ margin-top: -1px; /* (doesn't work for IE6, but that's okay) */ } .navbox .hlist td dl, .navbox .hlist td ol, .navbox .hlist td ul, .navbox td.hlist dl, .navbox td.hlist ol, .navbox td.hlist ul { padding: 0.125em 0; /* Adjust hlist padding in navboxes */ } ol + table.navbox, ul + table.navbox { margin-top: 0.5em; /* Prevent lists from clinging to navboxes */ } /* Default styling for Navbar template */ .navbar { display: inline; font-size: 88%; font-weight: normal; } .navbar ul { display: inline; white-space: nowrap; } .mw-body-content .navbar ul { line-height: inherit; } .navbar li { word-spacing: -0.125em; } .navbar.mini li span { font-variant: small-caps; } /* Navbar styling when nested in infobox and navbox */ .infobox .navbar { font-size: 100%; } .navbox .navbar { display: block; font-size: 100%; } .navbox-title .navbar { /* @noflip */ float: left; /* @noflip */ text-align: left; /* @noflip */ margin-right: 0.5em; width: 6em; } /* 'show'/'hide' buttons created dynamically by the CollapsibleTables javascript in [[MediaWiki:Common.js]] are styled here so they can be customised. */ .collapseButton { /* @noflip */ float: right; font-weight: normal; /* @noflip */ margin-left: 0.5em; /* @noflip */ text-align: right; width: auto; } /* In navboxes, the show/hide button balances the v·d·e links from [[Template:Navbar]], so they need to be the same width. */ .navbox .collapseButton { width: 6em; } /* Styling for JQuery makeCollapsible, matching that of collapseButton */ .mw-collapsible-toggle { font-weight: normal; /* @noflip */ text-align: right; } .navbox .mw-collapsible-toggle { width: 6em; } cglg8pdqoypikc3m2zfmu3oulmo4b15 8 58 3233 3232 2015-01-13T12:33:08Z Lcawte 30 3233 wikitext text/x-wiki State of Affairs Wiki is an encyclopedia that anyone can edit with articles on the new NBC show State of Affairs. 1pr60uy8066ggstavyl711ut785gkgq 8 67 3211 161 2014-12-22T12:49:07Z Lcawte 30 3211 wikitext text/x-wiki * license-NBC|Screenshot or NBC released image from State of Affairs a13nq8n7eoj8tiwckktauhsc7n54l5c 8 59 3242 138 2015-01-23T09:02:11Z Lcawte 30 Blanked the page 3242 wikitext text/x-wiki phoiac9h4m842xq45sp7s6u21eteeq1 8 29 3249 3213 2016-06-15T21:48:56Z Lcawte 30 3249 css text/css body { background-image: url("//images.shoutwiki.com/stateofaffairs/4/48/StripesBackground.jpg"); } a { color: red; } a:visited { color: red; } #mw-page-base { background: transparent; } div#content { background: rgba(0,0,0,0.8); color: white; border: none; } h1,h2,h3,h4,h5 { color: white; } .editOptions { background: transparent; } /* Tabs */ div.vectorTabs { background-image: none; } div.vectorTabs ul li { background: rgba(0,0,0,0.8); color: white; } div.vectorTabs li a, div.vectorTabs li a:visited { color: white; } div.vectorTabs li.selected a, div.vectorTabs li.selected a:visited { color: white; font-weight: bold; } div.vectorTabs li.selected { background: rgba(0,0,0,0.8); } div.vectorTabs span { background: transparent; } #mw-panel.collapsible-nav .portal { background: none; } div#mw-head div.vectorMenu h3 { background: rgba(0,0,0,0.8); } div.vectorMenu h3 span { color: white; } div#simpleSearch { background: #3C3B6E; } div#simpleSearch input { background: #3C3B6E; color: white; } /* Personal Tools */ #p-personal { background: rgba(0,0,0,0.8); padding: 1px 8px 2px 1px; } #p-personal a { color: red; } #p-personal ul { padding-left: 0; } /* Sidebar */ div#mw-panel div.portal { background: rgba(0,0,0,0.8); } div#mw-panel div.portal div.body ul li a { color: red; } div#mw-panel div.portal div.body ul li a:visited { color: red; } div#p-ShoutWiki_messages hr { display: none; } /* Footer */ div#footer ul li { color: #000; } oi034i1fgo1tpf261hbudlvjnoyaa0z 10 20 125 60 2014-12-14T14:01:13Z Lcawte 30 125 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{| class="infobox infobox-character" |- | align="center" | '''<big>{{{name|{{PAGENAME}}}}}</big>''' {| align="center" | align="center" | [[File:{{{image}}}|250px]] |- | align="center" | {{{caption}}} |} |- | align="center" | '''Person information''' {| align="center" {{#if:{{{age|}}}| ! align="right" width="80px" {{!}} Age: {{!}} {{{age}}} }} |- {{#if:{{{birth|}}}| ! align="right" width="80px" {{!}} Born: {{!}} {{{birth}} }} |- {{#if:{{{death|}}}| ! align="right" width="80px" {{!}} Died: {{!}} {{{death}}} }} |- {{#if:{{{country|}}}| ! align="right" width="80px" {{!}} Country: {{!}} {{{country}}} }} |- {{#if:{{{job|}}}| ! align="right" width="80px" {{!}} Job: {{!}} {{{job}}} }} |- {{#if:{{{family|}}}| ! align="right" width="80px"{{!}} Family: {{!}} {{{family}}} }} |- {{#if:{{{religion|}}}| ! align="right" width="80px" {{!}} Religion: {{!}} {{{religion}}} }} |- |} |}</includeonly> c3gz8dj7ywo77uqqx836pcr0r68zvpl 10 102 1481 1480 2013-11-02T04:54:10Z wikipedia>Fuhghettaboutit 0 Changed protection level of Template:Clear: Enable access by template editors ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite)) 1481 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="clear:{{{1|both}}};"></div><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 6mk3e4afot6hzu6tzbljxxk83e14xv6 10 70 401 400 2014-07-03T04:12:19Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 Changed protection level of Template:Documentation: [[WP:PP#Content disputes|Edit warring / content dispute]]: making this indef so that the template won't become unprotected accidentally ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only adm 401 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:documentation|main|_content={{ {{#invoke:documentation|contentTitle}}}}}}<noinclude> <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> o4ddn701tao1ufdnkxe1wdgz5b5ga84 10 71 534 533 2014-07-18T09:37:22Z wikipedia>Sardanaphalus 0 Added 1.0em margin so template looks less a part of subsequent content and amended code layout -- hope neither of these too controversial 534 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} |{{{override|doc}}} | <!--(this template has been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> </includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{doc-notice|show}}} |show | {{Mbox | type = notice | style = margin-bottom:1.0em; | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px|alt=|link=]] | text = '''This is a [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] [[Wikipedia:Subpages|subpage]] for {{{1|[[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}'''.<br />It contains usage information, [[Wikipedia:Categorization|categories]] and other content that is not part of the original {{#if:{{{text2|}}} |{{{text2}}} |{{#if:{{{text1|}}} |{{{text1}}} |{{#ifeq:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:User}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page |{{#if:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page|article}}}}}}}}. }} }}<!-- -->{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{inhibit|}}} |<!--(don't categorize)--> | <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifexist:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | [[Category:{{#switch:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |Template=Template |Module=Module |User=User |#default=Wikipedia}} documentation pages]] | [[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages]] }}<!-- --></includeonly> }}<!-- (completing initial #ifeq: at start of template:) --><includeonly> | <!--(this template has not been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> }}<!-- --></includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> iwoex9r4jjje2jlwm8eygcyef0s6hzx 10 37 94 92 2014-12-02T12:58:37Z Cook879 3260833 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contributions/Cook879|Cook879]] ([[User talk:Cook879|talk]]) to last revision by [[User:Lcawte|Lcawte]] 94 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{| class="infobox infobox-episode" |- | align="center" | '''''<big>{{{name|{{PAGENAME}}}}}</big>''''' {| align="center" | align="center" style="background:#FFFFFF;" | [[File:{{{image}}}|250px]] |- | align="center" | {{{caption|''No caption, consider adding one''}}} |} |- | align="center" | '''Episode Information''' {| align="center" {{#if:{{{season|}}}| ! align="right" width="80px" {{!}} Season: {{!}} [[Season {{{season}}}]] }} |- {{#if:{{{episode|}}}| ! align="right" width="80px" {{!}} Episode: {{!}} {{{episode}}} }} |- {{#if:{{{writers|}}}| ! align="right" width="80px" {{!}} Writers: {{!}} {{{writers}}} }} |- |} |- | align="center" | '''Air Details''' {| align="center" {{#if:{{{firstair|}}}| ! align="right" width="80px" {{!}} First Aired: {{!}} {{{firstair}}} ({{{airlocation|US}}}) }} |- |} |- |}</includeonly> <noinclude> {{Documentation}} [[Category:Infoboxes]] </noinclude> <includeonly> {{#if:{{{season|}}}| [[Category:Season {{{season}}} episodes]] }} </includeonly> r406tddqv4i88wnmdhasc0c6swtuvro 10 130 3226 3202 2015-01-13T12:10:58Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3226 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Navbox | name = Episode Navbox | title = Episodes | listclass = hlist | state = collapsed | list1 = * [[Pilot]] * [[Secrets & Lies]] * [[Half the Sky]] * [[Bang, Bang]] * [[Ar Rissalah (episode)|Ar Rissalah]] * [[Masquerade]] * [[Bellerophon]] * [[Ghosts]] * [[Cry Havoc]] * [[The War at Home]] }} 34gh6wsplj41seo6ufcw0mgz9ga0evb 10 72 544 543 2010-10-04T14:41:22Z wikipedia>WOSlinker 0 remove {{pp-template}} 544 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--> {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} <!--Use lower case "demospace"--> | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:6}} | file | other }} }} | file | image = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}<!--End switch--><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 19tqbvmuftf9lvu4r4wqwlcotcme99a 10 103 1555 1554 2014-10-03T15:34:04Z wikipedia>Bkonrad 0 not sure what, but this breaks notes such as at [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Black_Widow_(song)&oldid=628014363 here] 1555 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Hatnote|For {{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|other uses}}, see [[:{{{2|{{PAGENAME}} (disambiguation)}}}]]{{#if:{{{3|}}}|{{#if:{{{4|}}}|, [[:{{{3}}}]], {{#if:{{{5|}}}|[[:{{{4}}}]], and [[:{{{5}}}]]|and [[:{{{4}}}]]}}|&#32;and [[:{{{3}}}]]}}}}.}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> mufi0darv8vwsws2wwg7f9ss9zj69gj 10 104 1601 1600 2014-05-23T15:55:04Z wikipedia>SMcCandlish 0 tweak 1601 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Hatnote|hatnote}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 8nnude79i1y2v6yy2z7j285k1k4v8p3 10 2 6 2009-05-02T18:34:55Z Jedimca0 17 Page created 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <div> <!-- Beginning of header section --> {|style="width:100%;margin-top:+.7em;background-color:#4682B4;border:1px solid #ccc;-moz-border-radius:20px" |style="width:45%;color:#000"| {|style="width:100%;border:solid 0px;background:none" |- |style="width:100%px;text-align:center;white-space:nowrap;color:#000" | <div style="font-size:195%;border:none;margin: 0;padding:.1em;color:#FFFFFF">{{{welcome}}}</div> |}<!-- Blurb & useful links --> |style="width:45%;font-size:125%;color:#FFFFFF"| {{{blurb}}} |}<!-- End of blurb & useful links --> </div> j3mqpp6bt8r07sw2xdrt404pvemv0ha 10 105 1639 1638 2014-04-06T18:32:17Z wikipedia>Eyesnore 0 chg to pagename 1639 wikitext text/x-wiki {{ombox | type = content | text = '''This {{ #switch:{{NAMESPACE}} |Module=Lua module |#default=template }} is used on <span class="plainlinks">[http://tools.wmflabs.org/templatecount/index.php?lang=en&namespace={{NAMESPACENUMBER:{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}&name={{urlencode:{{PAGENAME}}}} {{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|a very large number of}} pages].'''</span><br />To avoid large-scale disruption and unnecessary server load, any changes to this {{ #switch:{{NAMESPACE}} |Module=module |#default=template }} should first be tested in its [[{{ #switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}} | doc | sandbox = {{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | #default = {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}} }}/sandbox|/sandbox]] or [[{{ #switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}} | doc | sandbox = {{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | #default = {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}} }}/testcases|/testcases]] subpages{{ #switch:{{NAMESPACE}} |Module=. |#default=, or in your own [[Wikipedia:Subpages#How to create user subpages|user space]]. }} The tested changes can then be added to this page in one single edit. Please consider discussing any changes on {{#if:{{{2|}}}|[[{{{2}}}]]|the [[{{ #switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}} | doc | sandbox = {{TALKSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | #default = {{TALKPAGENAME}} }}|talk page]]}} before implementing them. }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> oj30a94ttox1t0sw4ggejozxzotjs6o 10 143 3239 3237 2015-01-23T08:55:20Z Lcawte 30 Pushed from State of Affairs Wiki. 3239 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>[http://www.imdb.com/character/{{{1}}}/ {{PAGENAME}}'s] character page on IMDb.</includeonly> <noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> chowyjb03o09mvwuh9tk7rwc84zsts6 10 73 598 597 2013-10-20T12:44:20Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 Changed protection level of Template:Imbox: [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]: allow template editors to edit ([Edit=Protected template] (indefinite) [Move=Protected template] (indefinite)) 598 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|imbox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 90yqkd9klfkh2s7isb6vikemdvm668g 10 98 1364 1363 2014-12-22T01:57:50Z Lcawte 30 1364 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Imbox | type = license | style = width:100%; | image = [[File:NBC.png|40px]] | textstyle = font-style:italic; color: black; | text = '''This file is, in whole or in part, derived from a work that is part of the show 'State of Affairs', copyright of NBC Universal. It is not owned nor claimed to be owned by State of Affairs Wiki, its users or ShoutWiki.com or its staff.'''<br /> <small>The individual who uploaded this work and first used it in an article, and subsequent persons who place it into articles, assert that this qualifies as '''fair use''' of the material under '''[[Wikipedia:Fair use#Fair use under United States law|United States copyright law]]'''</small> }} n52aulgtga9gtrznz0ouz7gv1lmxwjx 10 32 62 61 2014-11-29T22:00:54Z Lcawte 30 62 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly> {{{1}}}<br/>{{{2}}} </includeonly> <noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> igen3ntz52tub5ljx9p482znzw3o89d 10 106 1675 1674 2014-06-03T10:54:44Z wikipedia>MSGJ 0 show output on template? 1675 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Lua banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Lua|Module:Lua banner}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> pnmjp3f3fl321yf2jpg5syebi412n7b 10 107 1844 1843 2014-05-05T17:44:48Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 Changed protection level of Template:Main: [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]: allow template editors ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite)) 1844 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:main|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> jkpvpyms818jhpg2lkzsq5qur195qbr 10 27 39 38 2014-11-26T11:57:33Z Lcawte 30 1 revision: Import from Chicago Fire Wikia 39 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><div style="background-color:#000; border-radius: 5px; padding: 3px; width: 150px; position: relative;"><div style="border-radius: 2px; overflow: hidden; width: 150px; height: 150px;">[[File:{{{image}}}|150px|link={{{articlename}}}]]</div>[[{{{articlename}}}|<span style="background-color:#2b2b2b; position: absolute; right: 0px; bottom: 0px; font-size: x-small; font-weight: bold; color: white; padding: 0 5px; border-radius: 5px 0;">{{{name}}}</span>]]</div></includeonly> cahq2dmw5d0d9glz8q1br06tzhf4vpa 10 4 10 9 2009-07-08T08:41:15Z Jack Phoenix 1 10 wikitext text/x-wiki {{HeaderTemplate|welcome={{{welcome}}}|blurb={{{blurb}}}}} <br /> <!-- LEFT COLUMN --> {| width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" style="background:transparent;" |- | width="50%" style="vertical-align:top; padding-right:0.5em;" | <!-- Info about this site --> {{SectionTemplate|title={{{about_title}}}|content={{{about_content}}}}} | width="50%" style="vertical-align:top; padding-left:0.5em;" | <!-- Featured Article --> {{SectionTemplate|title={{{featured_title}}}|content={{{featured_content}}}}} |} <br /> <!-- RIGHT COLUMN --> {| width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" style="background:transparent;" |- | width="50%" style="vertical-align:top; padding-right:0.5em;" | <!-- Did you know... --> {{SectionTemplate|title={{{didyouknow_title}}}|content={{{didyouknow_content}}}}} | width="50%" style="vertical-align:top; padding-left:0.5em;" | <!-- Site news --> {{SectionTemplate|title={{{news_title}}}|content={{{news_content}}}}} |} __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ e4p99tjrg6tq47iqlh9ln9ua3v35z2z 10 108 2081 2080 2013-12-03T17:14:06Z wikipedia>Edokter 0 Does not work, now hidden in [[MediaWiki:Print.css]] 2081 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><div class="plainlinks hlist navbar {{#if:{{{mini|}}}|mini}}" style="{{{style|}}}"><!-- -->{{#if:{{{mini|}}}{{{plain|}}}|<!--nothing-->|<!--else: --><span style="word-spacing:0;{{{fontstyle|}}}">{{{text|This box:}}} </span>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{brackets|}}}|<span style="margin-right:-0.125em;{{{fontstyle|}}}">&#91;</span>}}<!-- --><ul><!-- --><li class="nv-view">[[{{transclude|{{{1}}}}}|<span title="View this template" <!-- -->style="{{{fontstyle|}}}">{{#if:{{{mini|}}}|v|view}}</span>]]</li><!-- --><li class="nv-talk">[[{{TALKPAGENAME:{{transclude|{{{1}}}}}}}|<span title="Discuss this template" <!-- -->style="{{{fontstyle|}}}">{{#if:{{{mini|}}}|t|talk}}</span>]]</li><!-- -->{{#if:{{{noedit|}}}|<!--nothing-->|<!--else: --><li class="nv-edit">[{{fullurl:{{transclude|{{{1}}}}}|action=edit}} <span title="Edit this template" <!-- -->style="{{{fontstyle|}}}">{{#if:{{{mini|}}}|e|edit}}</span>]</li>}}<!-- --></ul><!-- -->{{#if:{{{brackets|}}}|<span style="margin-left:-0.125em;{{{fontstyle|}}}">&#93;</span>}}<!-- --></div></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> o0nu6r3h7z4ib71y018sgmw0vpebte1 10 101 1449 1448 2014-10-18T12:29:00Z wikipedia>Edokter 0 linebreaks 1449 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Navbox|navbox}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> tqodcaa2vvhehqaod229udlla0wimek 10 109 3216 2452 2014-12-23T16:46:21Z LcawteBot 31 Bot: Cosmetic changes 3216 wikitext text/x-wiki {{documentation subpage}} <includeonly>{{high-risk|2,100,000+}} {{lua|Module:Navbox}}</includeonly> {{Navbox suite}} {{for|vertically-aligned navigation|Template:Sidebar}} This template allows a [[Wikipedia:Navigation templates|navigational template]] to be set up relatively quickly by supplying it with one or more lists of links. It comes equipped with default styles that should work for most navigational templates. Changing the default styles is possible, but not recommended. Using this template, or one of its "Navbox suite" sister templates, is highly recommended for standardization of navigational templates, and for ease of use. == Usage == Please remove the parameters that are left blank. <pre style="overflow: auto;">{{Navbox | name = {{subst:PAGENAME}}{{subst:void|Don't change anything on this line. It will change itself when you save.}} | title = | listclass = hlist | state = {{{state|}}} | above = | image = | group1 = | list1 = | group2 = | list2 = ... | group20 = | list20 = | below = }} </pre> == Parameter list == {{Navbox | name = Navbox/doc | state = uncollapsed | title = {{{title}}} | above = {{{above}}} | image = {{{image}}} | group1 = {{{group1}}} | list1 = {{{list1}}} | group2 = {{{group2}}} | list2 = {{{list2}}} | list3 = {{{list3}}} ''without {{{group3}}}'' | group4 = {{{group4}}} | list4 = {{{list4}}} | below = {{{below}}} <br /> See alternate navbox formats under: [[#Layout of table|''Layout of table'']] }} The navbox uses lowercase parameter names, as shown in the box (''above''). The required ''name'' and ''title'' will create a one-line box if other parameters are omitted. Notice "group1" (etc.) is optional, as are sections named "above/below". {{clear}} The basic and most common parameters are as follows (see [[#Parameter descriptions|below]] for the full list): : <code>name</code> – the name of the template. : <code>title</code> – text in the title bar, such as: <nowiki>[[Widget stuff]]</nowiki>. : <code>listclass</code> – a CSS class for the list cells, usually <code>hlist</code> for horizontal lists. Alternatively, use bodyclass for the whole box. : <code>state</code> – controls when a navbox is expanded or collapsed. : <code>titlestyle</code> – a CSS style for the title-bar, such as: <code>background: gray;</code> : <code>groupstyle</code> – a CSS style for the group-cells, such as: <code>background: #eee;</code> : <code>above</code> – text to appear above the group/list section (could be a list of overall wikilinks). : <code>image</code> – an optional right-side image, coded as the whole image. Typically it is purely decorative, so it should be coded as <code><nowiki>[[File:</nowiki><var>XX</var><nowiki>.jpg|80px|link=|alt=]]</nowiki></code>. : <code>imageleft</code> – an optional left-side image (code the same as the "image" parameter). : <code>group_n</code> – the left-side text before list-n (if group-n omitted, list-n starts at left of box). : <code>list_n</code> – text listing wikilinks using a [[Help:Lists|wikilist]] format. : <code>below</code> – optional text to appear below the group/list section. == Parameter descriptions == The following is a complete list of parameters for using {{tl|Navbox}}. In most cases, the only required parameters are <code>name</code>, <code>title</code>, and <code>list1</code>, though [[Template:Navbox/doc#Child navboxes|child navboxes]] do not even require those to be set. {{tl|Navbox}} shares numerous common parameter names with its sister templates, {{tl|Navbox with columns}} and {{tl|Navbox with collapsible groups}}, for consistency and ease of use. Parameters marked with an asterisk (*) are common to all three master templates. === Setup parameters === :; ''name''* :: The name of the template, which is needed for the "V&nbsp;• T&nbsp;• E" ("View&nbsp;• Talk&nbsp;• Edit") links to work properly on all pages where the template is used. You can enter <code><nowiki>{{subst:PAGENAME}}</nowiki></code> for this value as a shortcut. The name parameter is only mandatory if a <code>title</code> is specified, and the <code>border</code> parameter is not set. :; ''state''* <span style="font-weight:normal;">[<code>autocollapse, collapsed, expanded, plain, off</code>]</span> :* Defaults to <code>autocollapse</code>. A navbox with <code>autocollapse</code> will start out collapsed if there are two or more tables on the same page that use other collapsible tables. Otherwise, the navbox will be expanded. For the technically minded, see [[MediaWiki:Common.js]]. :* If set to <code>collapsed</code>, the navbox will always start out in a collapsed state. :* If set to <code>expanded</code>, the navbox will always start out in an expanded state. :* If set to <code>plain</code>, the navbox will always be expanded with no [hide] link on the right, and the title will remain centered (by using padding to offset the <small>V&nbsp;• T&nbsp;• E</small> links). :* If set to <code>off</code>, the navbox will always be expanded with no [hide] link on the right, but no padding will be used to keep the title centered. This is for advanced use only; the "plain" option should suffice for most applications where the [show]/[hide] button needs to be hidden. : To show the box when standalone (non-included) but then auto-hide contents when in an article, put "expanded" inside {{tag|noinclude|p}} tags: :* <code><nowiki>| state =&nbsp;</nowiki></code>{{tag|noinclude|content=expanded}} :* That setting will force the box visible when standalone (even when followed by other boxes), displaying "[hide]" but then auto-collapse the box when stacked inside an article. : Often times, editors will want a default initial state for a navbox, which may be overridden in an article. Here is the trick to do this: :* In your intermediate template, create a parameter also named "state" as a pass-through like this: :* <code><nowiki>| state = {{{state<includeonly>|your_desired_initial_state</includeonly>}}}</nowiki></code> :* The {{tag|includeonly|o}}<code>|</code> will make the template expanded when viewing the template page by itself. ::* Example: {{tl|peso}} with autocollapse as the default initial state. [[Catalan peseta]] transcludes it and has only one navbox. So the peso navbox shows. [[Chilean peso]] has more than two navboxes. So the peso navbox collapses. ::* Example: {{tl|Historical currencies of Hungary}} with <code><nowiki>| state = {{{state<includeonly>|expanded</includeonly>}}}</nowiki></code> as the default initial state. All transcluding articles show the content by default, unless there is a hypothetical article that specifies <code><nowiki>{{templatename|state=collapsed}}</nowiki></code> when transcluding. :* The template {{tl|Collapsible option}} explains how to use the <code>state</code> parameter. It can be added to a {{tag|noinclude|p}} section after the template definition or to the instructions on the {{tl|documentation subpage}}. :; ''navbar''* :: If set to <code>plain</code>, the <span style="font-size: 88%;">V&nbsp;• T&nbsp;• E</span> links on the left side of the titlebar will not be displayed, and padding will be automatically used to keep the title centered. Use <code>off</code> to remove the <span style="font-size: 88%;">V&nbsp;• T&nbsp;• E</span> links, but not apply padding (this is for advanced use only; the "plain" option should suffice for most applications where a navbar is not desired). It is highly recommended that one not hide the navbar, in order to make it easier for users to edit the template, and to keep a standard style across pages. :; ''border''* :: ''See later section on [[#Child navboxes|using navboxes within one another]] for examples and a more complete description.'' If set to <code>child</code> or <code>subgroup</code>, then the navbox can be used as a borderless child that fits snugly in another navbox. The border is hidden and there is no padding on the sides of the table, so it fits into the ''list'' area of its parent navbox. If set to <code>none</code>, then the border is hidden and padding is removed, and the navbox may be used as a child of another container (do not use the <code>none</code> option inside of another navbox; similarly, only use the <code>child</code>/<code>subgroup</code> option inside of another navbox). If set to anything else (default), then a regular navbox is displayed with a 1px border. An alternate way to specify the border to be a subgroup style is like this (i.e. use the first unnamed parameter instead of the named ''border'' parameter): ::: <code><nowiki>{{Navbox|child</nowiki></code> :::: <code>...</code> ::: <code><nowiki>}}</nowiki></code> === Cells === :; ''title''* :: Text that appears centered in the top row of the table. It is usually the template's topic, i.e. a succinct description of the body contents. This should be a single line, but if a second line is needed, use <code><nowiki>{{-}}</nowiki></code> to ensure proper centering. This parameter is technically not mandatory, but using {{tl|Navbox}} is rather pointless without a title. :; ''above''* :: A full-width cell displayed between the titlebar and first group/list, i.e. ''above'' the template's body (groups, lists and image). In a template without an image, ''above'' behaves in the same way as the ''list1'' parameter without the ''group1'' parameter. :; ''group_n''* :: (i.e. ''group1'', ''group2'', etc.) If specified, text appears in a header cell displayed to the left of ''list_n''. If omitted, ''list_n'' uses the full width of the table. :; ''list_n''* :: (i.e. ''list1'', ''list2'', etc.) The body of the template, usually a list of links. Format is inline, although the text can be entered on separate lines if the entire list is enclosed within <code><nowiki><div> </div></nowiki></code>. At least one ''list'' parameter is required; each additional ''list'' is displayed in a separate row of the table. Each ''list_n'' may be preceded by a corresponding ''group_n'' parameter, if provided (see below). :; ''image''* :: An image to be displayed in a cell below the title and to the right of the body (the groups/lists). For the image to display properly, the ''list1'' parameter must be specified. The ''image'' parameter accepts standard wikicode for displaying an image, ''e.g.'': ::: <code><nowiki>[[File:</nowiki><var>XX</var><nowiki>.jpg|80px|link=|alt=]]</nowiki></code> ::: nb: including "|right" will produce the usual left margin to provide separation from the list items and [[Zebra striping (computer graphics)|zebra striping]]. :; ''imageleft''* :: An image to be displayed in a cell below the title and to the left of the body (lists). For the image to display properly, the ''list1'' parameter must be specified and no groups can be specified. It accepts the same sort of parameter that ''image'' accepts. :; ''below''* :: A full-width cell displayed ''below'' the template's body (groups, lists and image). In a template without an image, ''below'' behaves in the same way as the template's final ''list_n'' parameter without a ''group_n'' parameter. For an example of the ''below'' parameter in use, see {{oldid|Main Page|352612160|this}} version of {{tl|Lists of the provinces and territories of Canada}}. === Style parameters === Styles are generally advised against, to maintain consistency among templates and pages in Wikipedia; but the option to modify styles is given. :; ''bodystyle''* :: Specifies [[Cascading Style Sheets|CSS]] styles to apply to the template body. This option should be used sparingly as it can lead to visual inconsistencies. Examples: ::: <code>bodystyle = background: #''nnnnnn'';</code> ::: <code>bodystyle = width: ''N''&nbsp;[em/%/px or width: auto];</code> ::: <code>bodystyle = float: [''left/right/none''];</code> ::: <code>bodystyle = clear: [''right/left/both/none''];</code> :; ''basestyle''* :: CSS styles to apply to the ''title'', ''above'', ''below'', and ''group'' cells all at once. The styles are not applied to ''list'' cells. This is convenient for easily changing the basic color of the navbox without having to repeat the style specifications for the different parts of the navbox. Examples: ::: <code>basestyle = background: lightskyblue;</code> :; ''titlestyle''* :: [[Cascading Style Sheets|CSS]] styles to apply to ''title'', most often the titlebar's background color: ::: <code>titlestyle = background: ''#nnnnnn'';</code> ::: <code>titlestyle = background: ''name'';</code> :; ''groupstyle''* :: CSS styles to apply to the ''groupN'' cells. This option overrides any styles that are applied to the entire table. Examples: ::: <code>groupstyle = background: #''nnnnnn'';</code> ::: <code>groupstyle = text-align: [''left/center/right''];</code> ::: <code>groupstyle = vertical-align: [''top/middle/bottom''];</code> :; ''group_nstyle''* :: CSS styles to apply to a specific group, in addition to any styles specified by the ''groupstyle'' parameter. This parameter should only be used when absolutely necessary in order to maintain standardization and simplicity. Examples: ::: <code>group3style = background: red; color: white;</code> :; ''groupwidth'' :: A number and unit specifying a uniform width for the group cells, in cases where little content in the list cells may cause group cells to be too wide. No default. However, may be overridden by the ''group(n)style'' parameter. Examples: ::: <code>groupwidth = 9em</code> :; ''liststyle''* :: CSS styles to apply to all lists. Overruled by the ''oddstyle'' and ''evenstyle'' parameters (if specified) hereafter. When using backgound colors in the navbox, see the [[#Intricacies|note hereafter]]. :; ''list_nstyle''* :: CSS styles to apply to a specific list, in addition to any styles specified by the ''liststyle'' parameter. This parameter should only be used when absolutely necessary in order to maintain standardization and simplicity. Examples: ::: <code>list5style = background: #ddddff;</code> :; ''listpadding''* :: A number and unit specifying the padding in each ''list'' cell. The ''list'' cells come equipped with a default padding of 0.25em on the left and right, and 0 on the top and bottom. Due to complex technical reasons, simply setting "liststyle = padding: 0.5em;" (or any other padding setting) will not work. Examples: ::: <code>listpadding = 0.5em 0;</code> (sets 0.5em padding for the left/right, and 0 padding for the top/bottom.) ::: <code>listpadding = 0;</code> (removes all list padding.) :; ''oddstyle'' :; ''evenstyle'' :: Applies to odd/even list numbers. Overrules styles defined by ''liststyle''. The default behavior is to add striped colors (white and gray) to odd/even rows, respectively, in order to improve readability. These should not be changed except in extraordinary circumstances. :; ''evenodd'' <span style="font-weight: normal;"><code>[swap, even, odd, off]</code></span> :: If set to <code>swap</code>, then the automatic striping of even and odd rows is reversed. Normally, even rows get a light gray background for striping; when this parameter is used, the odd rows receive the gray striping instead of the even rows. Setting to <code>even</code> or <code>odd</code> sets all rows to have that striping color. Setting to <code>off</code> disables automatic row striping. This advanced parameter should only be used to fix problems when the navbox is being used as a child of another navbox and the stripes do not match up. Examples and a further description can be found in the section on child navboxes below. :; ''abovestyle''* :; ''belowstyle''* :: CSS styles to apply to the top cell (specified via the ''above'' parameter) and bottom cell (specified via the ''below'' parameter). Typically used to set background color or text alignment: ::: <code>abovestyle = background: #''nnnnnn'';</code> ::: <code>abovestyle = text-align: [''left/center/right''];</code> ::: <code>belowstyle = background: #''nnnnnn'';</code> ::: <code>belowstyle = text-align: [''left/center/right''];</code> :; ''imagestyle''* :; ''imageleftstyle''* :: CSS styles to apply to the cells where the image/imageleft sits. These styles should only be used in exceptional circumstances, usually to fix width problems if the width of groups is set and the width of the image cell grows too large. Examples: ::: <code>imagestyle = width:5em;</code> ===== Default styles ===== The style settings listed here are those that editors using the navbox change most often. The other more complex style settings were left out of this list to keep it simple. Most styles are set in [[MediaWiki:Common.css]]. : <code>bodystyle = background: #fdfdfd; width: 100%; vertical-align: middle;</code> : <code>titlestyle = background: #ccccff; padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; text-align: center;</code> : <code>abovestyle = background: #ddddff; padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; text-align: center;</code> : <code>belowstyle = background: #ddddff; padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; text-align: center;</code> : <code>groupstyle = background: #ddddff; padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; text-align: right;</code> : <code>liststyle = background: transparent; text-align: left/center;</code> : <code>oddstyle = background: transparent;</code> : <code>evenstyle = background: #f7f7f7;</code> Since ''liststyle'' and ''oddstyle'' are transparent, odd lists have the color of the ''bodystyle'', which defaults to #fdfdfd (white with a hint of gray). A list defaults to <code>text-align: left;</code> if it has a group, if not it defaults to <code>text-align: center;</code>. Since only ''bodystyle'' has a vertical-align all the others inherit its <code>vertical-align: middle;</code>. === Advanced parameters === :; ''bodyclass'' :; ''aboveclass'' :; ''groupclass'' :; ''listclass'' :; ''belowclass'' :: This enables attaching a CSS class to group or list cells. The most common use for ''listclass'' is to give it the <code>hlist</code> class that will cause lists to render horizontally. All these parameters accept the <code>hlist</code> class, but if more than one parameter is used for <code>hlist</code>, use {{para|bodyclass|hlist}} instead. :; ''titlegroup'' :: This puts a group in the title area, with the same default styles as ''group_n''. It should be used only in exceptional circumstances (usually advanced meta-templates) and its use requires some knowledge of the internal code of {{tl|Navbox}}; you should be ready to manually set up CSS styles to get everything to work properly if you wish to use it. If you think you have an application for this parameter, it might be best to change your mind, or consult the talk page first. :; ''titlegroupstyle'' :: The styles for the titlegroup cell. :; ''innerstyle'' :: A very advanced parameter to be used ''only'' for advanced meta-templates employing the navbox. Internally, the navbox uses an outer table to draw the border, and then an inner table for everything else (title/above/groups/lists/below/images, etc.). The ''style''/''bodystyle'' parameter sets the style for the outer table, which the inner table inherits, but in advanced cases (meta-templates) it may be necessary to directly set the style for the inner table. This parameter provides access to that inner table so styles can be applied. Use at your own risk. ==== Microformats ==== :; ''bodyclass'' :: This parameter is inserted into the "class" attribute for the navbox as a whole. :; ''titleclass'' :: This parameter is inserted into the "class" attribute for the navbox's title caption. This template supports the addition of microformat information. This is done by adding "class" attributes to various data cells, indicating what kind of information is contained within. To flag a navbox as containing [[hCard]] information about a person, for example, add the following parameter: <pre> | bodyclass = vcard </pre> ''and'' <pre> | titleclass = fn </pre> ''or'' (for example): <pre><nowiki> | title = The books of <span class="fn">[[Iain Banks]]</span> </nowiki></pre> ...and so forth. See [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Microformats]] for more information on adding microformat information to Wikipedia, and [[microformat]] for more information on microformats in general. == Layout of table == === Without image, above and below === Table generated by {{tl|Navbox}} '''without''' ''image'', ''above'' and ''below'' parameters (gray list background color added for illustration only): {{Navbox | name = Navbox/doc | state = uncollapsed | liststyle = background: silver; | title = {{{title}}} | group1 = {{{group1}}} | list1 = {{{list1}}} | group2 = {{{group2}}} | list2 = {{{list2}}} | list3 = {{{list3}}} ''without {{{group3}}}'' | group4 = {{{group4}}} | list4 = {{{list4}}} }} === With image, above and below === Table generated by {{tl|Navbox}} '''with''' ''image'', ''above'' and ''below'' parameters (gray list background color added for illustration only): {{Navbox | name = Navbox/doc | state = uncollapsed | liststyle = background: silver; | image = {{{image}}} | title = {{{title}}} | above = {{{above}}} | group1 = {{{group1}}} | list1 = {{{list1}}} | group2 = {{{group2}}} | list2 = {{{list2}}} | list3 = {{{list3}}} ''without {{{group3}}}'' | group4 = {{{group4}}} | list4 = {{{list4}}} | below = {{{below}}} }} === With image and without groups === Table generated by {{tl|Navbox}} '''with''' ''image'', ''imageleft'', ''lists'', and '''without''' ''groups'', ''above'', ''below'' (gray list background color added for illustration only): {{Navbox | name = Navbox/doc | state = uncollapsed | liststyle = background: silver; | image = {{{image}}} | imageleft = {{{imageleft}}} | title = {{{title}}} | list1 = {{{list1}}} | list2 = {{{list2}}} | list3 = {{{list3}}} | list4 = {{{list4}}} }} == Examples == <!-- Please do not encourage folks to use <div> within Navboxes as (unless handled carefully) they can negate liststyles/groupstyles/etc. settings. --> === No image === <pre style="overflow: auto;"> {{Navbox | name = Navbox/doc | title = [[Multimedia Super Corridor|MSC Malaysia]] | listclass = hlist | group1 = Centre | list1 = * [[Cyberjaya]] | group2 = Area | list2 = * [[Klang Valley]] | group3 = Major landmarks | list3 = * [[Petronas Twin Towers]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Tower]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Sentral]] * [[Technology Park Malaysia]] * [[Putrajaya]] * [[Cyberjaya]] * [[Kuala Lumpur International Airport]] | group4 = Infrastructure | list4 = * [[Express Rail Link]] * [[KL-KLIA Dedicated Expressway]] | group5 = Prime applications | list5 = * [[EGovernment]] * [[MyKad]] }} </pre> {{Navbox | name = Navbox/doc | state = uncollapsed | title = [[Multimedia Super Corridor|MSC Malaysia]] | listclass = hlist | group1 = Centre | list1 = * [[Cyberjaya]] | group2 = Area | list2 = * [[Klang Valley]] | group3 = Major landmarks | list3 = * [[Petronas Twin Towers]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Tower]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Sentral]] * [[Technology Park Malaysia]] * [[Putrajaya]] * [[Cyberjaya]] * [[Kuala Lumpur International Airport]] | group4 = Infrastructure | list4 = * [[Express Rail Link]] * [[KL-KLIA Dedicated Expressway]] | group5 = Prime applications | list5 = * [[EGovernment]] * [[MyKad]] }} === With image, without groups === <pre style="overflow: auto;"> {{Navbox | name = Navbox/doc | title = [[Multimedia Super Corridor|MSC Malaysia]] | listclass = hlist | image = [[File:Flag of Malaysia.svg|80px|link=|alt=]] | list1 = * [[Petronas Twin Towers]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Tower]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Sentral]] * [[Technology Park Malaysia]] * [[Putrajaya]] * [[Cyberjaya]] * [[Kuala Lumpur International Airport]] }} </pre> {{Navbox | name = Navbox/doc | title = [[Multimedia Super Corridor|MSC Malaysia]] | listclass = hlist | image = [[File:Flag of Malaysia.svg|80px|link=|alt=]] | list1 = * [[Petronas Twin Towers]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Tower]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Sentral]] * [[Technology Park Malaysia]] * [[Putrajaya]] * [[Cyberjaya]] * [[Kuala Lumpur International Airport]] }} === With two images, without groups, multiple lists === <pre style="overflow: auto;"> {{Navbox | name = Navbox/doc | title = [[Multimedia Super Corridor|MSC Malaysia]] | listclass = hlist | image = [[File:Flag of Malaysia.svg|80px|link=|alt=]] | imageleft = [[File:Flag of Malaysia.svg|80px]] | list1 = * [[Petronas Twin Towers]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Tower]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Sentral]] | list2 = * [[Express Rail Link]] * [[KL-KLIA Dedicated Expressway]] | list3 = * [[EGovernment]] * [[MyKad]] | list4 = * [[Klang Valley]] }} </pre> {{Navbox | name = Navbox/doc | title = [[Multimedia Super Corridor|MSC Malaysia]] | listclass = hlist | image = [[File:Flag of Malaysia.svg|80px|link=|alt=]] | imageleft = [[File:Flag of Malaysia.svg|80px]] | list1 = * [[Petronas Twin Towers]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Tower]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Sentral]] | list2 = * [[Express Rail Link]] * [[KL-KLIA Dedicated Expressway]] | list3 = * [[EGovernment]] * [[MyKad]] | list4 = * [[Klang Valley]] }} === With image, groups, above, below === <pre style="overflow: auto;"> {{Navbox | name = Navbox/doc | title = [[Multimedia Super Corridor|MSC Malaysia]] | listclass = hlist | above = Above text goes here | image = [[File:Flag of Malaysia.svg|80px|link=|alt=]] | group1 = Centre | list1 = * [[Cyberjaya]] | group2 = Area | list2 = * [[Klang Valley]] | group3 = Major landmarks | list3 = * [[Petronas Twin Towers]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Tower]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Sentral]] * [[Technology Park Malaysia]] * [[Putrajaya]] * [[Cyberjaya]] | group4 = Infrastructure | list4 = * [[Express Rail Link]] * [[KL-KLIA Dedicated Expressway]] | group5 = Prime applications | list5 = * [[EGovernment]] * [[MyKad]] | below = Below text goes here }} </pre> {{Navbox | name = Navbox/doc | title = [[Multimedia Super Corridor|MSC Malaysia]] | listclass = hlist | above = Above text goes here | image = [[File:Flag of Malaysia.svg|80px|link=|alt=]] | group1 = Centre | list1 = * [[Cyberjaya]] | group2 = Area | list2 = * [[Klang Valley]] | group3 = Major landmarks | list3 = * [[Petronas Twin Towers]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Tower]] * [[Kuala Lumpur Sentral]] * [[Technology Park Malaysia]] * [[Putrajaya]] * [[Cyberjaya]] | group4 = Infrastructure | list4 = * [[Express Rail Link]] * [[KL-KLIA Dedicated Expressway]] | group5 = Prime applications | list5 = * [[EGovernment]] * [[MyKad]] | below = Below text goes here }} == Child navboxes == {{Selfref|For additional examples, see the [[Template:Navbox/testcases|Navbox testcases page]].}} It is possible to place multiple navboxes within a single border with the use of the ''border'' parameter, or by specifying the first parameter to be "child". The basic code for doing this is as follows (which adds a subgroup for the first group/list area): <pre style="overflow: auto;"> {{Navbox | name = {{subst:PAGENAME}} | title = Title | group1 = [optional] | list1 = {{Navbox|child ...child navbox parameters... }} ... }} </pre> === Subgroups example === {{main|Template:Navbox subgroup}} This example shows how subgroups can be used. It is recommended that one use {{tl|Navbox subgroup}}, but the same result can be reached by using {{tl|Navbox}} with <code>border = child</code> or the first unnamed parameter set to <code>child</code>. The ''evenodd'' parameter is used to reverse striping in some of the subgroups in order to get all of the stripes to line up properly. To remove the striping altogether, you can set <code>liststyle = background:transparent;</code> in each of the navboxes. {{Navbox | name = Navbox/doc | image = [[File:Flag of the United States.svg|100px|link=|alt=]] | state = uncollapsed | title = Multiple subgroup example | above = Above | below = Below | group1 = Group1 | list1 = List1 | group2 = Group2 | list2 = {{Navbox|child | evenodd = swap | group1 = Group2.1 | list1 = List1 | group2 = Group2.2 | list2 = List2 | group3 = Group2.3 | list3 = List3 }} | group3 = Group3 | list3 = List3 | group4 = Group4 | list4 = {{Navbox|child | evenodd = swap | group1 = Group4.1 | list1 = List1 | group2 = Group4.2 | list2 = List2 | group3 = Group4.3 | list3 = List3 }} }} === Multiple show/hides in a single container === {{main|Template:Navbox with collapsible groups}} The example below is generated using a regular navbox for the main container, then its list1, list2, and list3 parameters each contain another navbox, with <code>1 = child</code> set. The view (v), discuss (d), edit (e) navbar links are hidden using <code>navbar = plain</code> for each of them, or could be suppressed by just leaving out the ''name'' parameter (child navboxes do not require the name parameter to be set, unlike regular navboxes). {{Navbox | name = Navbox/doc | title = [[File:Blason France moderne.svg|x17px|link=|alt=]] [[File:Flag of France.svg|x17px|link=|alt=]] [[French colonial empire|Former French overseas empire]] | state = uncollapsed | list1 = {{Navbox|child | navbar = plain | title = [[French colonial empire|Former French colonies]] in [[Africa]] and the [[Indian Ocean]] | listclass = hlist | group1 = [[Mahgreb]] | list1 = * [[French rule in Algeria|Algeria]] * [[French Morocco|Morocco]] <small>([[Arguin|Arguin Island]])</small> * [[History of Tunisia|Tunisia]] | group2 = [[French West Africa]] | list2 = * [[History of Côte d'Ivoire#French Period|Côte d'Ivoire]] * [[French Dahomey|Dahomey]] * [[French Sudan]] * [[French Guinea|Guinea]] * [[History of Mauritania#French colonization and post-colonial history|Mauritania]] * [[History of Niger#Colonization|Niger]] * [[History of Senegal|Senegal]] * [[French Upper Volta|Upper Volta]] * [[French Togoland]] * [[James Island (The Gambia)|James Island]] | group3 = [[French Equatorial Africa]] | list3 = * [[Colonial Chad|Chad]] * [[History of Gabon|Gabon]] * [[History of the Republic of the Congo|Middle Congo]] * [[Oubangui-Chari]] | group4 = [[Comoros]] | list4 = * [[Anjouan]] * [[Grande Comore]] * [[Mohéli]] * [[History of Djibouti#French Interest|French Somaliland (Djibouti)]] * [[History of Madagascar#French control|Madagascar]] * [[Mauritius|Ile de France]] * [[Seychelles]] }} | list2 = {{Navbox|child | navbar = plain | title = [[French colonial empire|Former French colonies]] in the [[Americas]] | listclass = hlist | list1 = * [[New France]]{{spaces|2}}<small>([[Acadia]], [[Louisiana (New France)|Louisiana]], [[Canada, New France|Canada]], [[Newfoundland (island)|Terre Neuve]]) 1655–1763 </small> | list2 = * [[Inini]] * [[Berbice]] * [[Saint-Domingue]] * <small>[[Haiti]]</small> * [[Tobago]] * [[History of the British Virgin Islands|Virgin Islands]] * [[France Antarctique]] * [[France Équinoxiale]] | below = [[French West India Company]] }} | list3 = {{Navbox|child | navbar = plain | title = [[French colonial empire|Former French colonies]] in [[Asia]] and [[Oceania]] | listclass = hlist | group1 = [[French India]] | list1 = * [[Chandernagor]] * [[Coromandel Coast]] * [[History of Chennai|Madras]] * [[Mahé, India|Mahé]] * [[History of Pondicherry|Pondichéry]] * [[Karaikal]] * [[Yanam (India)|Yanaon]] | group2 = [[French Indochina]] | list2 = * [[Colonial Cambodia|Cambodia]] * [[History of Laos to 1945#French Laos|Laos]] * [[French Indochina|Vietnam]] <small>([[Annam (French colony)|Annam]], [[Cochinchina]], [[Tonkin]])</small> | group3 = Other Asian | list3 = * [[Alawite State|Alaouites]] * [[Republic of Hatay|Alexandretta-Hatay]] * [[Sri Lanka|Ceylon]] * [[Kwangchowan]] | group4 = [[Oceania]] | list4 = * [[New Hebrides]] ** [[History of Vanuatu|Vanuatu]] | below = [[French East India Company]] }} }} == Relationship with other Navbox templates == This navbox template is specifically designed to work in conjunction with two other sister templates: {{tl|Navbox with columns}} and {{tl|Navbox with collapsible groups}}. All three of these templates share common parameters for consistency and ease of use (such parameters are marked with an asterisk (*) in the [[#Parameter descriptions|parameter descriptions]] list hereinbefore). Most importantly, each template can be used as a child of one another (by using the {{para|border|child}} parameter, or by specifying the first unnamed parameter to be <code>child</code>. For example: <code><nowiki>{{Navbox|child ...}}</nowiki></code>, <code><nowiki>{{Navbox with columns|child ...}}</nowiki></code> or <code><nowiki>{{Navbox with collapsible groups|child ...}}</nowiki></code>.) == Technical details == * This template uses CSS classes for most of its looks, thus it is fully skinnable. * Internally this meta template uses HTML markup instead of wiki markup for the table code. That is the usual way we make meta templates since wiki markup has several drawbacks. For instance it makes it harder to use [[m:Help:ParserFunctions|parser functions]] and special characters in parameters. * For more technical details see the [[{{TALKPAGENAME}}|talk page]], the CSS classes in [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] and the collapsible table used to hide the box in [[MediaWiki:Common.js]]. === Intricacies === * The 2px wide border between groups and lists is drawn using the border-left property of the list cell. Thus, if you wish to change the background color of the template (for example <code>bodystyle = background:purple;</code>), then you'll need to make the border-left-color match the background color (i.e. <code>liststyle = border-left-color: purple;</code>). If you wish to have a border around each list cell, then the 2px border between the list cells and group cells will disappear; you'll have to come up with your own solution. * The list cell width is initially set to 100%. Thus, if you wish to manually set the width of group cells, you'll need to also specify the liststyle to have width: auto. If you wish to set the group width and use images, it's up to you to figure out the CSS in the groupstyle, liststyle, imagestyle, and imageleftstyle parameters to get everything to work correctly. Example of setting group width: :: <code>groupstyle = width: 10em;</code> :: <code>liststyle = width: auto;</code> * Adjacent navboxes have only a 1 pixel border between them (except in IE 6, which doesn't support the necessary CSS). If you set the top or bottom margin of <code>style/bodystyle</code>, then this will not work. * The default margin-left and margin-right of the outer navbox table are set to "auto;". If you wish to use navbox as a float, you need to manually set the margin-left and margin-right values, because the auto margins interfere with the float option. For example, add the following code to use the navbox as a float: ::<code>bodystyle = width: 22em; float: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 0;</code> === Copying to other projects or wikis? === Using this template on other wikis requires [[HTML Tidy]] to be turned on. A version that does not require Tidy can be found at [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Transwiki/Template:Navbox]]. (That version generally shouldn't be used here on the English Wikipedia.) More detailed information on copying {{tlf|Navbox}} to other wikis can be found on the [[Template talk:Navbox|talk page]]. === Known issues === # If the heading of the navbox spans more than one line, the second line will be displayed to the right of center. This can be avoided by hard-coding linebreaks with {{tag|br|single|params=clear="all"}}. # In Internet Explorer 8 and 9, there is a bug when using <code>hlist</code>; navbox will fail to wrap the list to the next line if the list items start with an image, causing navbox to extend its width outside the screen. This can be fixed by adding <code>&amp;nbsp;</code> in front of the images. # Excessive use of the '''unsubstituted''' {{tlx|•}} template as a delimiter, can in extreme cases cause the wiki page rendering to fail&nbsp;— there is a limit to the number of templates that can be used on a page (example [[Ketamine]] where the inclusion of eleven Navboxes with hundreds of bullets caused the page load not to complete, only the substitution of the bullets in those navboxes cured the problem). Use of the <code>hlist</code> class avoids the delimiter transclusion issue altogether, as the delimiters are rendered via CSS. == See also == * {{tl|Otherarticles}} – a small navbox based on an existing category * {{tl|Navbar}} – Used for the navigation links in navbox. * {{tl|Nobold}} – To display text at normal font-weight within a context where the default font-weight is bold, e.g. header cells in tables. * {{tl|Sidebar}} – Vertically-aligned navigation templates. * [[Template:Navbox/testcases]] – For additional examples of template code. * [[Wikipedia:Line-break handling]] – The how-to guide about how to handle word wraps (line breaks) on Wikipedia, such as the wrapping of the link lists used in navboxes. * {{tl|Nowrap begin}}, {{tl|·}} and {{tl|•}} are '''deprecated''' in favor of the <code>hlist</code> class for formatting lists. See [[Template:Flatlist#Technical details|Flatlist]] for a technical explanation of how <code>hlist</code> works. {{Navigation templates}} <includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox|| <!-- Categories --> [[Category:Navigational boxes| ]] [[Category:Templates generating microformats]] [[Category:Wikipedia metatemplates]] [[Category:Exclude in print]] <!-- Other languages --> }}</includeonly> j8annolmw6xyrcyhd9i3dao2hfui3da 10 110 2494 2493 2014-08-26T10:57:11Z wikipedia>NSH002 0 + [[Category:Documentation shared content templates]] 2494 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude>{{#invoke:sidebar|sidebar | width = auto | bodystyle = border-spacing:0;background:#f7f7f7;padding:2px; | titleclass = navbox-title | title = Navbox suite | contentclass = plainlist | contentstyle = padding:0.25em;background:#fdfdfd; | content1 = *{{tl|Navbox}} *{{tl|Navbox subgroup}} *{{tl|Navbox with collapsible groups}} *{{tl|Navbox with columns}} *{{tl|Navboxes}} | navbarstyle = background:#fdfdfd;padding:0 5px }}</onlyinclude><!-- NOTE: A template MUST support all of the parameters marked with a cross in Template:Navbox/doc in order to be Navbox suite compliant. In particular, the name, state, border, and navbar parameters are especially important. --><noinclude> [[Category:Navigational boxes| ]] [[Category:Documentation shared content templates]] </noinclude> edpxabkq3ctfagujquyyxkikb6h594h 10 111 2645 2644 2014-12-01T13:46:22Z wikipedia>WOSlinker 0 tidy style 2645 wikitext text/x-wiki {| class="wikitable hlist" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; width: auto; text-align: center; font-size: 90%;" |+ <span style="font-size: 130%;">Navigation templates comparison</span> |- style="line-height: 10pt;" ! style="text-align: left; padding-left: 4px; font-size: 111%;" | {{Navbar|Navigation templates|plain=1}} ! Collapsible !! Header color ! Image !! Groups !! Style (body) <br /> parameter/s !! Examples |- | style="text-align: left;" | {{tl|Navbox}} | collapsible || style="background: #ccf;" | navbox | Left/right of body || Yes || Yes || * {{tl|Solar System}} * {{tl|Governance of Greater London}} |- | style="text-align: left;" | {{tl|Navbox with collapsible groups}} | collapsible || style="background: #ccf;" | navbox | Left/right of body and/or in each list || Yes || Yes || * {{tl|Scouting}} * {{tl|University of Michigan}} |- | style="text-align: left;" | {{tl|Navbox with columns}} | collapsible || style="background: #ccf;" | navbox | Left/right of columns || No || Yes || * {{tl|Current U.S. Senators}} * {{tl|Historical regions of the Czech Republic}} |} {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; width: auto; text-align: center; font-size: 90%;" |+ <span style="font-size: 130%;">Collapsible attributes</span> |- style="line-height: 10pt;" ! Type !! CSS classes !! JavaScript !! Collapses when !! Custom <br /> initial&nbsp;state !! Nesting |- | style="text-align:left;" | [[Help:Collapsing|Collapsible tables]] | collapsible | Defined in [[MediaWiki:Common.js|Common.js]] | 2 or more autocollapse on page || Yes || Yes |}<noinclude> [[Category:Navigational boxes| ]] [[Category:Documentation shared content templates]] </noinclude> i48bqksfqqm1o89h8s75fwzo5ozluxd 10 112 2669 2668 2014-01-01T10:18:28Z wikipedia>Salix alba 0 Changed protection level of Template:Oldid: change to new template editor level ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite)) 2669 wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:{{{page|{{{1|Main Page}}}}}}|oldid={{{oldid|{{{2|}}}}}}}} {{{label|{{{title|{{{3|{{#if:{{{oldid|{{{2|}}}}}}|Old revision|Current version}} of''' {{{page|{{{1|'''a page'''}}}}}} '''}}}}}}}}}]</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 9hfrpwl1lydirqbggsf0jg7g2pxuv6e 10 113 2686 2685 2013-10-20T12:45:08Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 switch to Lua version 2686 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|ombox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 1o93yrjvq6v2ylug2k0uaaltljurje2 10 69 3215 242 2014-12-23T16:46:07Z LcawteBot 31 Bot: Cosmetic changes 3215 wikitext text/x-wiki {{ {{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Unsubst||$N=PD-self |date=__DATE__ |$B= {{Imbox | type = license | class = licensetpl | image = [[File:PD-icon.svg|52px|alt=|link=]] | text = ''I, {{#if:{{{name|}}}|{{{name}}},|}} the copyright holder of this work, hereby release it into the '''[[w:public domain|public domain]]'''. This applies worldwide.''<br/> If this is not legally possible:<br/> ''I grant any entity the right to use this work '''for any purpose''', without any conditions, unless such conditions are required by law.''<span class="licensetpl_short" style="display:none;">PD</span><span class="licensetpl_long" style="display:none;">Public domain</span><span class="licensetpl_link_req" style="display:none;">false</span><span class="licensetpl_attr_req" style="display:none;">false</span> }}{{File other |{{#if:{{{no Commons|}}} |{{Dated maintenance category|User-created public domain files (no Commons)|from|{{{date|}}}|All User-created public domain files}} |{{Dated maintenance category|User-created public domain files|from|{{{date|}}}|All User-created public domain files}}{{free media}} }} [[Category:Self-published work|{{PAGENAME}}]]}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> o3t35t4q3w922h594eazyeq7n63g3i9 10 74 632 631 2014-10-28T04:08:53Z wikipedia>Jonesey95 0 remove junk from the Usage example 632 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE --> This is an [[WP:ICT|image copyright tag]]. Add this template to an image to show its [[WP:C|copyright status]]. This template adds files to [[:Category:Self-published work]]. Also, if the {{para|no Commons}} parameter is omitted or empty, it adds the file to the category [[:Category:All free media]], and to the subcategory of [[:Category:User-created public domain files]] corresponding to the date specified in the {{para|date}} parameter. If the {{para|no Commons}} parameter is set to "yes", the template instead adds the file to a subcategory of [[:Category:User-created public domain files (no Commons)]]. == Usage == {{pre2|1=<nowiki>{{PD-self |name = <!-- Your name, assuming you are the copyright holder --> |date = </nowiki>{{#time: F Y}}<nowiki> |no Commons = <!-- set to "yes" if the image can't be used on Commons --> }}</nowiki> }} == Parameters == * '''name''' - your name, assuming you are the copyright holder. This parameter inserts your name at the start, like this: "I, ''YourName'', the copyright holder of this work ..." * '''date''' - the date in the format <code>Month YYYY</code>. This is used to categorise the image by date in a subcategory of either [[:Category:User-created public domain files]] or [[:Category:User-created public domain files (no Commons)]]. (The category that is used depends on the value of the ''no Commons'' parameter.) * '''no Commons''' - set this to "yes" if the file cannot be used on Commons, for example if the photograph itself is in the public domain, but the subject of the photograph isn't. (See also the Commons pages on [[:commons:Commons:Licensing|licensing]] and [[:commons:COM:FOP|freedom of panorama]].) <includeonly><!-- CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS HERE, THANKS --> [[Category:Public domain copyright templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] </includeonly> moj7r68670sybl66mkxpxfkx9ybcz6e 10 75 646 645 2014-11-06T21:17:29Z wikipedia>Edokter 0 Fixing my mistake 646 wikitext text/x-wiki <code class="nowrap" {{#if:{{{plain|}}}|style="background-color:inherit;border:none;"}}>&#124;{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}&#61;}}{{{2|}}}</code><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc subpage.--> </noinclude> 6nq35qepr5v1d56yqp46kz67w8xqjk3 10 35 71 68 2014-11-29T23:02:50Z Lcawte 30 71 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly> [[{{{1}}}]] ({{{3}}})<small>({{{2}}})</small> </includeonly> <noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> b21igryfce3gzcfy74n4trxxkyyvvn8 10 76 660 659 2008-10-28T21:03:53Z wikipedia>Dispenser 0 making parameters visible, adding style parameter 660 wikitext text/x-wiki <pre<includeonly></includeonly> style="{{#ifeq:{{{1}}}|scroll|overflow:auto; width:auto;{{{style|}}}">{{#switch:{{{2}}}|nowiki|nw={{#tag:nowiki|{{{3}}}}}|{{{2}}}}}|white-space:-moz-pre-wrap; white-space:-pre-wrap; white-space:-o-pre-wrap; white-space:pre-wrap; word-wrap:break-word;{{{style|}}}">{{#switch:{{{1}}}|nowiki|nw={{#tag:nowiki|{{{2}}}}}|{{{1}}}}} }}</pre><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS TO THE /doc SUBPAGE, THANKS --> </noinclude> 1s9ee253n1d71pxxct1jzy86r1mpzgy 10 3 8 7 2009-07-12T21:34:10Z Jack Phoenix 1 8 wikitext text/x-wiki <h2 style="border:none; background-color:#4682B4; padding:0.2em 0; margin:0; color:#ffffff; font-size:125%; font-weight:bold; text-indent:0.5em; font-variant:small-caps; -moz-border-radius: 10px">{{{title}}}</h2> <div style="margin-bottom:1em; padding:0.5em 0.8em 0.5em 0.8em;"> {{{content}}} </div> j5b1lar8shlr44bgt4p6ns6h3e72b0p 10 114 2763 2762 2014-08-26T10:44:50Z wikipedia>SMcCandlish 0 typo 2763 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch:{{{2|NONE}}} |NONE|hatnote|hat={{Hatnote|1=<span class="plainlinks selfreference">{{{1}}}</span>}} |inline=<span class="plainlinks selfreference" style="font-style: italic;"><!--Same style as class hatnote.-->{{{1}}}</span> |<!--Matching the empty string here for unprintworthy content is for backwards compatibility with the 2006-2008 version. Do not depend on it!-->=<span class="plainlinks selfreference">{{{1}}}</span> |#default={{error|Second parameter must be <code>hatnote</code>, <code>hat</code>, <code>inline</code>, or <code>unprintworthy</code>}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- PLEASE ADD THIS TEMPLATE'S CATEGORIES THE /doc SUBPAGE, AND INTERWIKIS TO WIKIDATA, THANKS --> </noinclude> 247t9mn1mlle7xmtew160xq9gqnmuft 10 115 2791 2790 2014-12-17T02:20:31Z wikipedia>Xaosflux 0 Changed protection level of Template:Spaces: [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]: Interface use: https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Watchlist-details&action=info ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow o 2791 wikitext text/x-wiki <span style="white-space:nowrap;">{{#invoke:String|rep|&nbsp;|{{{1|1}}}}}</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> q0r3pd610jxjkl7m59k5k0f4sajhqi0 10 100 1365 2014-12-22T02:17:26Z Lcawte 30 Created page with "''This article is a [[State of Affairs Wiki:Stubs|stub]]. You can help State of Affairs Wiki by [{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=edit}} expanding it].'' <includeonly> Cate..." 1365 wikitext text/x-wiki ''This article is a [[State of Affairs Wiki:Stubs|stub]]. You can help State of Affairs Wiki by [{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=edit}} expanding it].'' <includeonly> [[Category:Stub articles|{{PAGENAME}}]] </includeonly> <noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> qp51bddw1fgq6gaggqvxsue2l3myvhg 10 116 2836 2835 2014-12-14T22:37:01Z wikipedia>Edokter 0 "plainer"? 2836 wikitext text/x-wiki <code class="nowrap" style="{{#ifeq:{{{style|}}}|plain|border:none;background:transparent;|{{{style|}}}}}"><!-- Opening tag -->{{#switch:{{{2|pair}}} |c|close = |s|single |o|open |p|pair = &lt;{{{1|tag}}}{{#if:{{{params|}}}|&#32;{{{params}}}}} }}<!-- Content between tags -->{{#switch:{{{2|pair}}} |c|close = {{{content|}}} |s|single = &#32;&#47;&gt; |o|open = &gt;{{{content|}}} |p|pair = {{#ifeq:{{{1|tag}}}|!--||&gt;}}{{{content|...}}} }}<!-- Closing tag -->{{#switch:{{{2|pair}}} |s|single |o|open = |c|close |p|pair = {{#ifeq:{{{1|tag}}}|!--|--&gt;|&lt;&#47;{{{1|tag}}}&gt;}} }}<!-- --></code><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> kgpg6b15noa44doe2lmfp81uxj8vd2i 10 117 2870 2869 2014-08-25T10:26:35Z wikipedia>Anomie 0 Literal braces to entities, per talk request 2870 wikitext text/x-wiki &#123;&#123;[[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]&#125;&#125;<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> h0vr3yvr9jdyd17x82vnav21ngwmxuk 10 118 2879 2878 2013-06-05T05:05:06Z wikipedia>Dinoguy1000 0 class="nowrap" 2879 wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">&#123;&#123;{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}| tlf&#124;...}}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{2|x}}}|{{{2|}}}| &#124;{{{2}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{3|x}}}|{{{3|}}}| &#124;{{{3}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{4|x}}}|{{{4|}}}| &#124;{{{4}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{5|x}}}|{{{5|}}}| &#124;{{{5}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{6|x}}}|{{{6|}}}| &#124;{{{6}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{7|x}}}|{{{7|}}}| &#124;{{{7}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{8|x}}}|{{{8|}}}| &#124;{{{8}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{9|x}}}|{{{9|}}}| &#124;{{{9}}} | }}<!-- -->&#125;&#125;</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc sub-page, not here! --> </noinclude> mz6t9o5pdzfguxfj2q86tiqdtff1jpr 10 119 2953 2952 2014-07-24T22:37:03Z wikipedia>George Orwell III 0 force recursive link update 2953 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- --><code><!-- --><nowiki>{{</nowiki>{{#if:{{{subst|}}} |[[Help:Substitution|subst]]:}}<!-- -->[[{{{LANG|}}}{{{SISTER|}}}{{ns:Template}}:{{{1|}}}|{{{1|}}}]]<!-- -->{{#if:{{{2|}}} |&#124;{{{2}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{3|}}} |&#124;{{{3}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{4|}}} |&#124;{{{4}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{5|}}} |&#124;{{{5}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{6|}}} |&#124;{{{6}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{7|}}} |&#124;{{{7}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{8|}}} |&#124;{{{8}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{9|}}} |&#124;{{{9}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{10|}}} |&#124;{{{10}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{11|}}} |&#124;{{{11}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{12|}}} |&#124;''…''}}<!-- --><nowiki>}}</nowiki><!-- --></code><!-- --></includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}}</noinclude> a2hwnaifnnlfrlgbpqf716bya1xf057 10 120 2960 2959 2009-03-06T12:09:04Z wikipedia>Happy-melon 0 Protected Template:Transclude: [[WP:HRT|Highly visible template]] ([edit=sysop] (indefinite) [move=sysop] (indefinite)) 2960 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: {{NAMESPACE: {{{1}}} }} |#default = {{FULLPAGENAME: {{{1}}} }} <!-- eg "User:Foo" --> |{{ns:0}} = {{#ifeq: {{NAMESPACE: {{{1}}} }} | {{NAMESPACE: Template{{{1}}} }} | Template:{{{1}}} <!-- no leading colon, eg "Foo" --> | {{PAGENAME: {{{1}}} }} <!-- leading colon, eg ":Foo", so we want the article --> }} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> ob9m2b913drxlie5tgekieudupfrl9n 14 8 14 2009-12-30T17:56:16Z Jedimca0 17 created 14 wikitext text/x-wiki This is a starting point which can be used to access any article on this wiki. [[Category:Browse]] 5s3x2nudvhqwi71yepyzbt5ozp3acmm 14 33 64 2014-11-29T22:12:37Z Lcawte 30 Created page with "Current CIA analysts that are tasked with [[Briefers|briefing]] relevant directors and agencies." 64 wikitext text/x-wiki Current CIA analysts that are tasked with [[Briefers|briefing]] relevant directors and agencies. 5pd6hje369hwosv6hlbjyqyzx48qydx 14 7 13 2009-12-30T17:55:03Z Jedimca0 17 Created page with 'This category is for '''Templates'''. [[Category:Browse]]' 13 wikitext text/x-wiki This category is for '''Templates'''. [[Category:Browse]] jpvy9lwat2x4w625g8zef5ao6t97drj 14 6 12 2009-12-30T17:54:25Z Jedimca0 17 created 12 wikitext text/x-wiki This category is for '''Utility templates'''. [[Category:Templates]] 2k1og0eh9magim62rcbfxwmcn1sxnrf 828 79 681 680 2014-12-11T04:32:27Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 fix bug where explicitly deleted args were still appearing when iterated over with pairs or ipairs - code courtesy of [[User:Jackmcbarn]] 681 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if v == title then found = true break end end elseif options.wrappers == title then found = true end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(iterator, tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table using the specified iterator. If a value is already -- present it is not overwritten; tables listed earlier have precedence. -- We are also memoizing nil values, which can be overwritten if they -- are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in iterator(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(pairs, argTables) metatable.donePairs = true metatable.doneIpairs = true end return pairs(metaArgs) end metatable.__ipairs = function () -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.doneIpairs then mergeArgs(ipairs, argTables) metatable.doneIpairs = true end return ipairs(metaArgs) end return args end return arguments 7d4ocur2hyywy6ph59tc89jv97up2wi 828 80 700 699 2014-07-22T05:08:26Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 allow invocations specifying the page parameter to use the mw.loadData optimisations, and don't call mw.title.new every time 700 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- CATEGORY HANDLER -- -- -- -- This module implements the {{category handler}} template in Lua, -- -- with a few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases -- -- are supported, and namespace names are detected automatically for -- -- the local wiki. This module requires [[Module:Namespace detect]] -- -- and [[Module:Yesno]] to be available on the local wiki. It can be -- -- configured for different wikis by altering the values in -- -- [[Module:Category handler/config]], and pages can be blacklisted -- -- from categorisation by using [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load required modules local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily load things we don't always need local mShared, mappings local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function trimWhitespace(s, removeBlanks) if type(s) ~= 'string' then return s end s = s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if removeBlanks then if s ~= '' then return s else return nil end else return s end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CategoryHandler class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local CategoryHandler = {} CategoryHandler.__index = CategoryHandler function CategoryHandler.new(data, args) local obj = setmetatable({ _data = data, _args = args }, CategoryHandler) -- Set the title object do local pagename = obj:parameter('demopage') local success, titleObj if pagename then success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, pagename) end if success and titleObj then obj.title = titleObj if titleObj == mw.title.getCurrentTitle() then obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end else obj.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end end -- Set suppression parameter values for _, key in ipairs{'nocat', 'categories'} do local value = obj:parameter(key) value = trimWhitespace(value, true) obj['_' .. key] = yesno(value) end do local subpage = obj:parameter('subpage') local category2 = obj:parameter('category2') if type(subpage) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(subpage) end if type(category2) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(category2) end obj._subpage = trimWhitespace(subpage, true) obj._category2 = trimWhitespace(category2) -- don't remove blank values end return obj end function CategoryHandler:parameter(key) local parameterNames = self._data.parameters[key] local pntype = type(parameterNames) if pntype == 'string' or pntype == 'number' then return self._args[parameterNames] elseif pntype == 'table' then for _, name in ipairs(parameterNames) do local value = self._args[name] if value ~= nil then return value end end return nil else error(string.format( 'invalid config key "%s"', tostring(key) ), 2) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressedByArguments() return -- See if a category suppression argument has been set. self._nocat == true or self._categories == false or ( self._category2 and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Yes and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Negative ) -- Check whether we are on a subpage, and see if categories are -- suppressed based on our subpage status. or self._subpage == self._data.subpageNo and self.title.isSubpage or self._subpage == self._data.subpageOnly and not self.title.isSubpage end function CategoryHandler:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() -- Check whether the category suppression arguments indicate we -- should skip the blacklist check. return self._nocat == false or self._categories == true or self._category2 == self._data.category2Yes end function CategoryHandler:matchesBlacklist() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist else mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') return mShared.matchesBlacklist( self.title.prefixedText, mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/blacklist') ) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressed() -- Find if categories are suppressed by either the arguments or by -- matching the blacklist. return self:isSuppressedByArguments() or not self:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() and self:matchesBlacklist() end function CategoryHandler:getNamespaceParameters() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters else if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end return mShared.getNamespaceParameters( self.title, mappings ) end end function CategoryHandler:namespaceParametersExist() -- Find whether any namespace parameters have been specified. -- We use the order "all" --> namespace params --> "other" as this is what -- the old template did. if self:parameter('all') then return true end if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end for ns, params in pairs(mappings) do for i, param in ipairs(params) do if self._args[param] then return true end end end if self:parameter('other') then return true end return false end function CategoryHandler:getCategories() local params = self:getNamespaceParameters() local nsCategory for i, param in ipairs(params) do local value = self._args[param] if value ~= nil then nsCategory = value break end end if nsCategory ~= nil or self:namespaceParametersExist() then -- Namespace parameters exist - advanced usage. if nsCategory == nil then nsCategory = self:parameter('other') end local ret = {self:parameter('all')} local numParam = tonumber(nsCategory) if numParam and numParam >= 1 and math.floor(numParam) == numParam then -- nsCategory is an integer ret[#ret + 1] = self._args[numParam] else ret[#ret + 1] = nsCategory end if #ret < 1 then return nil else return table.concat(ret) end elseif self._data.defaultNamespaces[self.title.namespace] then -- Namespace parameters don't exist, simple usage. return self._args[1] end return nil end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- Used for testing purposes. return { CategoryHandler = CategoryHandler } end function p._main(args, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local handler = CategoryHandler.new(data, args) if handler:isSuppressed() then return nil end return handler:getCategories() end function p.main(frame, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = data.wrappers, valueFunc = function (k, v) v = trimWhitespace(v) if type(k) == 'number' then if v ~= '' then return v else return nil end else return v end end }) return p._main(args, data) end return p letwavu3yvlayfzew66uuwixmwebq5b 828 81 703 702 2014-07-13T09:07:09Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 Protected Module:Category handler/blacklist: [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite)) 703 Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains the blacklist used by [[Module:Category handler]]. -- Pages that match Lua patterns in this list will not be categorised unless -- categorisation is explicitly requested. return { '^Main Page$', -- don't categorise the main page. -- Don't categorise the following pages or their subpages. -- "%f[/\0]" matches if the next character is "/" or the end of the string. '^Wikipedia:Cascade%-protected items%f[/\0]', '^User:UBX%f[/\0]', -- The userbox "template" space. '^User talk:UBX%f[/\0]', -- Don't categorise subpages of these pages, but allow -- categorisation of the base page. '^Wikipedia:Template messages/.*$', '/[aA]rchive' -- Don't categorise archives. } ne8sdldor304iu81gnqa05p401j3exc 828 82 716 715 2014-07-13T09:05:36Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 Protected Module:Category handler/config: [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite)) 716 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- [[Module:Category handler]] configuration data -- -- Language-specific parameter names and values can be set here. -- -- For blacklist config, see [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = 'parameter name', -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'}, -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.parameters = { -- The nocat and categories parameter suppress -- categorisation. They are used with Module:Yesno, and work as follows: -- -- cfg.nocat: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is suppressed -- false Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- nil Categorisation is allowed -- -- cfg.categories: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- false Categorisation is suppressed -- nil Categorisation is allowed nocat = 'nocat', categories = 'categories', -- The parameter name for the legacy "category2" parameter. This skips the -- blacklist if set to the cfg.category2Yes value, and suppresses -- categorisation if present but equal to anything other than -- cfg.category2Yes or cfg.category2Negative. category2 = 'category2', -- cfg.subpage is the parameter name to specify how to behave on subpages. subpage = 'subpage', -- The parameter for data to return in all namespaces. all = 'all', -- The parameter name for data to return if no data is specified for the -- namespace that is detected. other = 'other', -- The parameter name used to specify a page other than the current page; -- used for testing and demonstration. demopage = 'page', } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter values -- -- These are set values that can be used with certain parameters. Only one -- -- value can be specified, like this: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'value name' -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- The following settings are used with the cfg.category2 parameter. Setting -- cfg.category2 to cfg.category2Yes skips the blacklist, and if cfg.category2 -- is present but equal to anything other than cfg.category2Yes or -- cfg.category2Negative then it supresses cateogrisation. cfg.category2Yes = 'yes' cfg.category2Negative = '¬' -- The following settings are used with the cfg.subpage parameter. -- cfg.subpageNo is the value to specify to not categorise on subpages; -- cfg.subpageOnly is the value to specify to only categorise on subpages. cfg.subpageNo = 'no' cfg.subpageOnly = 'only' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Default namespaces -- -- This is a table of namespaces to categorise by default. The keys are the -- -- namespace numbers. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.defaultNamespaces = { [ 0] = true, -- main [ 6] = true, -- file [ 12] = true, -- help [ 14] = true, -- category [100] = true, -- portal [108] = true, -- book } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrappers -- -- This is a wrapper template or a list of wrapper templates to be passed to -- -- [[Module:Arguments]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.wrappers = 'Template:Category handler' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. 6ga9hbq2pdwalsvx68i53dmbr421rq5 828 83 721 720 2014-07-13T09:05:55Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 Protected Module:Category handler/data: [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite)) 721 Scribunto text/plain -- This module assembles data to be passed to [[Module:Category handler]] using -- mw.loadData. This includes the configuration data and whether the current -- page matches the title blacklist. local data = require('Module:Category handler/config') local mShared = require('Module:Category handler/shared') local blacklist = require('Module:Category handler/blacklist') local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist = mShared.matchesBlacklist( title.prefixedText, blacklist ) data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters = mShared.getNamespaceParameters( title, mShared.getParamMappings() ) return data k26mwixuaeijisfddb0sxkg82iux8v4 828 84 728 727 2014-07-13T09:06:15Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 Protected Module:Category handler/shared: [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite)) 728 Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains shared functions used by [[Module:Category handler]] -- and its submodules. local p = {} function p.matchesBlacklist(page, blacklist) for i, pattern in ipairs(blacklist) do local match = mw.ustring.match(page, pattern) if match then return true end end return false end function p.getParamMappings(useLoadData) local dataPage = 'Module:Namespace detect/data' if useLoadData then return mw.loadData(dataPage).mappings else return require(dataPage).mappings end end function p.getNamespaceParameters(titleObj, mappings) -- We don't use title.nsText for the namespace name because it adds -- underscores. local mappingsKey if titleObj.isTalkPage then mappingsKey = 'talk' else mappingsKey = mw.site.namespaces[titleObj.namespace].name end mappingsKey = mw.ustring.lower(mappingsKey) return mappings[mappingsKey] or {} end return p omlsnhudxz6juptvtxz7ns97jutbzc5 828 85 848 847 2014-10-30T22:34:27Z wikipedia>WOSlinker 0 use mw.html 848 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local messageBox = require('Module:Message box') -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4) end local ret = ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) return ret end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return mw.ustring.format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return mw.ustring.format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return mw.ustring.format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end return '<small style="font-style: normal;">(' .. table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') .. ')</small>' end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Main function ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Messages: -- 'main-div-id' --> 'template-documentation' -- 'main-div-classes' --> 'template-documentation iezoomfix' --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) -- This div tag is from {{documentation/start box}}, but moving it here -- so that we don't have to worry about unclosed tags. :tag('div') :attr('id', message('main-div-id')) :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') :css('clear', 'both') -- So right or left floating items don't stick out of the doc box. :newline() :done() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) return tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title objects and other namespace- or -- path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- env.printTitle - the print version of the template, located at the /Print subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.printTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /Print subpage. -- Messages: -- 'print-subpage' --> 'Print' --]] return env.templateTitle:subPageTitle(message('print-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the same as the -- subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, MediaWiki or Category -- namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', {page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '' local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local isPreviewing = frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}') == '' -- True if the page is being previewed. local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if isPreviewing or not compareUrl then text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) else local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.namespace == mw.site.namespaces.Module.id then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category')) omargs.text = text local ret = '<div style="clear: both;"></div>' ret = ret .. messageBox.main('ombox', omargs) return ret end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels, mProtectionBanner local title = env.title if title.namespace ~= 10 and title.namespace ~= 828 then -- Don't display the protection template if we are not in the template or module namespaces. return nil end protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. mProtectionBanner = require('Module:Protection banner') local reason = message('protection-reason-edit') return mProtectionBanner._main{reason, small = true} elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move -- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to -- no move protection at all. mProtectionBanner = require('Module:Protection banner') return mProtectionBanner._main{action = 'move', small = true} else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'file-docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end local data = {} data.title = title data.docTitle = docTitle -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. data.viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display') data.editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display') data.historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display') data.purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display') -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace preload = message('file-docpage-preload') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end data.preload = preload data.createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') return data end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local function escapeBrackets(s) -- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities. s = s:gsub('%[', '&#91;') -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities. s = s:gsub('%]', '&#93;') return s end local ret local docTitle = data.docTitle local title = data.title if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}, data.historyLinkDisplay) local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'}, data.purgeLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink) else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink) end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'start-box-linkclasses' --> 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- 'start-box-link-id' --> 'doc_editlinks' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- We are in the template or template talk namespaces. data.headingFontWeight = 'bold' data.headingFontSize = '125%' else data.headingFontSize = '150%' end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then data.linksClass = message('start-box-linkclasses') data.linksId = message('start-box-link-id') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox :css('padding-bottom', '3px') :css('border-bottom', '1px solid #aaa') :css('margin-bottom', '1ex') :newline() :tag('span') :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :css('font-weight', data.headingFontWeight) :css('font-size', data.headingFontSize) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'fmbox-id' --> 'documentation-meta-data' -- 'fmbox-style' --> 'background-color: #ecfcf4' -- 'fmbox-textstyle' --> 'font-style: italic' -- -- The HTML is generated by the {{fmbox}} template, courtesy of [[Module:Message box]]. --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the arguments for {{fmbox}}. local fmargs = {} fmargs.id = message('fmbox-id') -- Sets 'documentation-meta-data' fmargs.image = 'none' fmargs.style = message('fmbox-style') -- Sets 'background-color: #ecfcf4' fmargs.textstyle = message('fmbox-textstyle') -- 'font-style: italic;' -- Assemble the fmbox text field. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') text = text .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" local printBlurb = p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) -- Two-line blurb about print versions of templates. if printBlurb then text = text .. '<br />' .. printBlurb end end end fmargs.text = text return messageBox.main('fmbox', fmargs) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local ret if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay) local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'} local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay) ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end return ret end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templatePage, summary = mirrorSummary} local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end function p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates the blurb displayed when there is a print version of the template available. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'print-link-display' --> '/Print' -- 'print-blurb' --> 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]]' -- .. ' of this template exists at $1.' -- .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.' -- 'display-print-category' --> true -- 'print-category' --> 'Templates with print versions' --]=] local printTitle = env.printTitle if not printTitle then return nil end local ret if printTitle.exists then local printLink = makeWikilink(printTitle.prefixedText, message('print-link-display')) ret = message('print-blurb', {printLink}) local displayPrintCategory = message('display-print-category', nil, 'boolean') if displayPrintCategory then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('print-category')) end end return ret end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText local ret = '' if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return ret end return p 05ocn06why89ic143ng489c9qt6zvi4 828 86 879 878 2014-09-28T05:23:32Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 remove two deprecated config values 879 Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.' cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['sandbox-category'] -- A category to add to all template sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]' -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation' -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation' -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary' -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation' -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view' -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history' -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge' -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages." cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages." ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create' -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff' -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.' --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1' -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template' -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module' -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['file-docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace. cfg['file-docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Print version configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['print-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage used for print versions. cfg['print-subpage'] = 'Print' -- cfg['print-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /Print subpage. cfg['print-link-display'] = '/Print' -- cfg['print-blurb'] -- Text to display if a /Print subpage exists. $1 is a link to the subpage with a display value of cfg['print-link-display']. cfg['print-blurb'] = 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]] of this template exists at $1.' .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.' -- cfg['display-print-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['print-category'] if a /Print subpage exists. -- This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-print-category'] = true -- cfg['print-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-print-category'] is set to true, and a /Print subpage exists. cfg['print-category'] = 'Templates with print versions' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['main-div-id'] -- The "id" attribute of the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-id'] = 'template-documentation' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- The CSS classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'template-documentation iezoomfix' -- cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] -- The CSS classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['start-box-link-id'] -- The HTML "id" attribute for the links in the start box. cfg['start-box-link-id'] = 'doc_editlinks' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- {{fmbox}} template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['fmbox-id'] -- The id sent to the "id" parameter of the {{fmbox}} template. cfg['fmbox-id'] = 'documentation-meta-data' -- cfg['fmbox-style'] -- The value sent to the style parameter of {{fmbox}}. cfg['fmbox-style'] = 'background-color: #ecfcf4' -- cfg['fmbox-textstyle'] -- The value sent to the "textstyle parameter of {{fmbox}}. cfg['fmbox-textstyle'] = 'font-style: italic' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 5ji8xq555zsax7grq5tkt5xioninrsd 828 87 2961 898 2014-12-21T18:39:29Z wikipedia>Jackmcbarn 0 handle SALTed pages correctly 2961 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PENDINGCHANGELEVEL', pagename) if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return 'sysop' elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) then -- user JS or CSS page return 'sysop' end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then return 'templateeditor' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'accountcreator' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'filemover' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then return blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed and 'autoconfirmed' or 'accountcreator' elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p ono19uc6vqrcb4owb0x9tqn7i4vwp5s 828 88 919 918 2014-12-18T14:05:07Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 when calling this from wikitext use a more readable error message for missing file parameters 919 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p bzc22v133v9z5yc4aisazripn6l94p8 828 121 2996 2995 2014-10-07T10:35:12Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 detect piped link hacks made with the {{!}} parser function 2996 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Hatnote -- -- -- -- This module produces hatnote links and links to related articles. It -- -- implements the {{hatnote}} and {{format hatnote link}} meta-templates, and -- -- includes helper functions for other Lua hatnote modules. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]] local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]] local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getArgs(frame) -- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and -- blanks are removed. mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true}) end local function removeInitialColon(s) -- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present. return s:match('^:?(.*)') end function p.findNamespaceId(link, removeColon) -- Finds the namespace id (namespace number) of a link or a pagename. This -- function will not work if the link is enclosed in double brackets. Colons -- are trimmed from the start of the link by default. To skip colon -- trimming, set the removeColon parameter to true. checkType('findNamespaceId', 1, link, 'string') checkType('findNamespaceId', 2, removeColon, 'boolean', true) if removeColon ~= false then link = removeInitialColon(link) end local namespace = link:match('^(.-):') if namespace then local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[namespace] if nsTable then return nsTable.id end end return 0 end function p.formatPages(...) -- Formats a list of pages using formatLink and returns it as an array. Nil -- values are not allowed. local pages = {...} local ret = {} for i, page in ipairs(pages) do ret[i] = p._formatLink(page) end return ret end function p.formatPageTables(...) -- Takes a list of page/display tables and returns it as a list of -- formatted links. Nil values are not allowed. local pages = {...} local links = {} for i, t in ipairs(pages) do checkType('formatPageTables', i, t, 'table') local link = t[1] local display = t[2] links[i] = p._formatLink(link, display) end return links end function p.makeWikitextError(msg, helpLink, addTrackingCategory) -- Formats an error message to be returned to wikitext. If -- addTrackingCategory is not false after being returned from -- [[Module:Yesno]], and if we are not on a talk page, a tracking category -- is added. checkType('makeWikitextError', 1, msg, 'string') checkType('makeWikitextError', 2, helpLink, 'string', true) yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Make the help link text. local helpText if helpLink then helpText = ' ([[' .. helpLink .. '|help]])' else helpText = '' end -- Make the category text. local category if not title.isTalkPage and yesno(addTrackingCategory) ~= false then category = 'Hatnote templates with errors' category = string.format( '[[%s:%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, category ) else category = '' end return string.format( '<strong class="error">Error: %s%s.</strong>%s', msg, helpText, category ) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Format link -- -- Makes a wikilink from the given link and display values. Links are escaped -- with colons if necessary, and links to sections are detected and displayed -- with " § " as a separator rather than the standard MediaWiki "#". Used in -- the {{format hatnote link}} template. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.formatLink(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local link = args[1] local display = args[2] if not link then return p.makeWikitextError( 'no link specified', 'Template:Format hatnote link#Errors', args.category ) end return p._formatLink(link, display) end function p._formatLink(link, display) -- Find whether we need to use the colon trick or not. We need to use the -- colon trick for categories and files, as otherwise category links -- categorise the page and file links display the file. checkType('_formatLink', 1, link, 'string') checkType('_formatLink', 2, display, 'string', true) link = removeInitialColon(link) local namespace = p.findNamespaceId(link, false) local colon if namespace == 6 or namespace == 14 then colon = ':' else colon = '' end -- Find whether a faux display value has been added with the {{!}} magic -- word. if not display then local prePipe, postPipe = link:match('^(.-)|(.*)$') link = prePipe or link display = postPipe end -- Find the display value. if not display then local page, section = link:match('^(.-)#(.*)$') if page then display = page .. ' § ' .. section end end -- Assemble the link. if display then return string.format('[[%s%s|%s]]', colon, link, display) else return string.format('[[%s%s]]', colon, link) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Hatnote -- -- Produces standard hatnote text. Implements the {{hatnote}} template. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.hatnote(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local s = args[1] local options = {} if not s then return p.makeWikitextError( 'no text specified', 'Template:Hatnote#Errors', args.category ) end options.extraclasses = args.extraclasses options.selfref = args.selfref return p._hatnote(s, options) end function p._hatnote(s, options) checkType('_hatnote', 1, s, 'string') checkType('_hatnote', 2, options, 'table', true) local classes = {'hatnote'} local extraclasses = options.extraclasses local selfref = options.selfref if type(extraclasses) == 'string' then classes[#classes + 1] = extraclasses end if selfref then classes[#classes + 1] = 'selfref' end return string.format( '<div class="%s">%s</div>', table.concat(classes, ' '), s ) end return p f8qq7zapswu550pbd1eicylvqkkrh8x 828 122 3023 3022 2014-06-12T09:21:46Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 remove li_style, ul_style and ol_style parameters, allow itemn_style and itemn_value parameters, and add a tracking category for item_stylen and item_valuen parameters 3023 Scribunto text/plain -- This module outputs different kinds of lists. At the moment, bulleted, -- unbulleted, horizontal, ordered, and horizontal ordered lists are supported. local libUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} local listTypes = { ['bulleted'] = true, ['unbulleted'] = true, ['horizontal'] = true, ['ordered'] = true, ['horizontal_ordered'] = true } function p.makeListData(listType, args) -- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList. local data = {} -- Classes data.classes = {} if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist') elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist') end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Main div style data.style = args.style -- Indent for horizontal lists if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then local indent = tonumber(args.indent) indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0 if indent > 0 then data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em' end end -- List style types for ordered lists -- This could be "1, 2, 3", "a, b, c", or a number of others. The list style -- type is either set by the "type" attribute or the "list-style-type" CSS -- property. if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type'] data.type = args['type'] -- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to -- list-style-type CSS properties. if data.type and not data.listStyleType and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$') then data.listStyleType = data.type data.type = nil end end -- List tag type if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listTag = 'ol' else data.listTag = 'ul' end -- Start number for ordered lists data.start = args.start if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then -- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists. local startNum = tonumber(data.start) if startNum then data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1) end end -- List style -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists. data.listStyle = args.list_style -- List items -- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included -- to be easier to understand for non-coders. data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style data.items = {} for i, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do local item = {} item.content = args[num] item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style'] or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)] item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value'] or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)] table.insert(data.items, item) end return data end function p.renderList(data) -- Renders the list HTML. -- Return the blank string if there are no list items. if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items < 1 then return '' end -- Render the main div tag. local root = mw.html.create('div') for i, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft} if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end -- Render the list tag. local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul') list :attr{start = data.start, type = data.type} :css{ ['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset, ['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType } if data.listStyle then list:cssText(data.listStyle) end -- Render the list items for i, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do local item = list:tag('li') if data.itemStyle then item:cssText(data.itemStyle) end if t.style then item:cssText(t.style) end item :attr{value = t.value} :wikitext(t.content) end return tostring(root) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args) local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters. for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then isDeprecated = true break end end local ret = '' if isDeprecated then ret = ret .. '[[Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]]' end return ret end function p.makeList(listType, args) if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)", tostring(listType) ), 2) end checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table') local data = p.makeListData(listType, args) local list = p.renderList(data) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args) return list .. trackingCategories end for listType in pairs(listTypes) do p[listType] = function (frame) local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame) -- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.makeList(listType, args) end end return p gys728jf7k7k0tacxur7d4u3ykwd6zh 828 123 3026 3025 2014-06-03T11:28:49Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 p.renderTrackingCategories fix - titleObj is already local 3026 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements the {{lua}} template. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local p = {} function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local modules = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = p.renderBox(modules) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.renderBox(modules) local boxArgs = {} if #modules < 1 then boxArgs.text = '<strong class="error">Error: no modules specified</strong>' else local moduleLinks = {} for i, module in ipairs(modules) do moduleLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]', module) end local moduleList = mList.makeList('bulleted', moduleLinks) boxArgs.text = 'Uses [[Wikipedia:Lua|Lua]]:\n' .. moduleList end boxArgs.type = 'notice' boxArgs.small = true boxArgs.image = '[[File:Lua-logo-nolabel.svg|30px|alt=Lua logo|link=Wikipedia:Lua]]' return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, titleObj) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end local cats = {} -- Error category if #modules < 1 then cats[#cats + 1] = 'Lua templates with errors' end -- Lua templates category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local subpageBlacklist = { doc = true, sandbox = true, sandbox2 = true, testcases = true } if titleObj.namespace == 10 and not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText] then local category = args.category if not category then local categories = { ['Module:String'] = 'Lua String-based templates', ['Module:Math'] = 'Templates based on the Math Lua module', ['Module:BaseConvert'] = 'Templates based on the BaseConvert Lua module', ['Module:Citation'] = 'Lua-based citation templates' } categories['Module:Citation/CS1'] = categories['Module:Citation'] category = modules[1] and categories[modules[1]] category = category or 'Lua-based templates' end cats[#cats + 1] = category end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end return p l8oeyvtrxsbtfip6xi5evqh3yk40lu5 828 124 3033 3032 2014-05-05T17:43:19Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 Protected Module:Main: [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite)) 3033 Scribunto text/plain --[[ -- This module produces a link to a main article or articles. It implements the -- template {{main}}. -- -- If the module is used in category or category talk space, it produces "The -- main article for this category is xxx". Otherwise, it produces -- "Main article: xxx". --]] local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote') local mTableTools -- lazily initialise local mArguments -- lazily initialise local p = {} function p.main(frame) mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true}) local pages = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then local display = args['l' .. tostring(k)] local page = {v, display} pages[k] = page end end pages = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(pages) local options = { selfref = args.selfref } return p._main(options, unpack(pages)) end function p._main(options, ...) -- Get the list of pages. If no first page was specified we use the current -- page name. local pages = {...} local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local firstPageTable = pages[1] local firstPage if firstPageTable then firstPage = firstPageTable[1] else firstPage = currentTitle.text firstPageTable = {firstPage} pages[1] = firstPageTable end -- Find the pagetype. local firstPageNs = mHatnote.findNamespaceId(firstPage) local pagetype = firstPageNs == 0 and 'article' or 'page' -- Make the formatted link text local links = mHatnote.formatPageTables(unpack(pages)) links = mw.text.listToText(links) -- Build the text. local isPlural = #pages > 1 local currentNs = currentTitle.namespace local isCategoryNamespace = currentNs - currentNs % 2 == 14 local stringToFormat if isCategoryNamespace then if isPlural then stringToFormat = 'The main %ss for this' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Categorization|category]] are %s' else stringToFormat = 'The main %s for this' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Categorization|category]] is %s' end else if isPlural then stringToFormat = 'Main %ss: %s' else stringToFormat = 'Main %s: %s' end end local text = string.format(stringToFormat, pagetype, links) -- Process the options and pass the text to the _rellink function in -- [[Module:Hatnote]]. options = options or {} local hnOptions = { extraclasses = 'relarticle mainarticle', selfref = options.selfref } return mHatnote._hatnote(text, hnOptions) end return p bkdwlezxs2e8fulsjvq4sgamyt8moy0 828 89 972 971 2014-11-29T17:56:21Z wikipedia>Jackmcbarn 0 bring in changes from sandbox 972 Scribunto text/plain -- This is a meta-module for producing message box templates, including -- {{mbox}}, {{ambox}}, {{imbox}}, {{tmbox}}, {{ombox}}, {{cmbox}} and {{fmbox}}. -- Load necessary modules. require('Module:No globals') local getArgs local categoryHandler = require('Module:Category handler')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Get a language object for formatDate and ucfirst. local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. if cfg.allowId then self.id = args.id end self:addClass( cfg.usePlainlinksParam and yesno(args.plainlinks or true) and 'plainlinks' ) for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then self.name = args.name if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s [[%s|%s]].', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('F Y') end if date then self.date = string.format(" <small>''(%s)''</small>", date) end self.info = args.info end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell if cfg.imageEmptyCellStyle then self.imageEmptyCellStyle = 'border:none;padding:0px;width:1px' end -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = 'from' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return categoryHandler{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px') end imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') :cssText(self.imageEmptyCellStyle or nil) end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellSpan = textCell:tag('span') textCellSpan :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if not self.isSmall then textCellSpan:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil) end textCellSpan:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil) if not self.isSmall then textCellSpan :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px') end imageRightCell :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :css('text-align', 'center') :wikitext(string.format( 'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData('Module:Message box/configuration')) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) 8eno95s85119aay9jy5w6tl7a8yzlxx 828 90 992 991 2014-11-29T17:58:41Z wikipedia>Jackmcbarn 0 bring in changes from sandbox 992 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'plainlinks', 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Article message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'} }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'plainlinks', 'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, allowId = true, classes = {'plainlinks', 'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox license.png' -- @todo We need an SVG version of this }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg' }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, usePlainlinksParam = true, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'File message boxes' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'plainlinks', 'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'plainlinks', 'tmbox'}, allowId = true, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageEmptyCellStyle = true, templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes' } } ap6rn0f8a21ktjv9ymkn8pylh7n42ci 828 91 999 998 2014-04-05T17:03:49Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 use cfg.demopage rather than cfg.page now that the default parameter has been changed on the /data page 999 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect configuration data -- -- -- -- This module stores configuration data for Module:Namespace detect. Here -- -- you can localise the module to your wiki's language. -- -- -- -- To activate a configuration item, you need to uncomment it. This means -- -- that you need to remove the text "-- " at the start of the line. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. Values added -- -- here will work in addition to the default English parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'parameter name' -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'} -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- This parameter displays content for the main namespace: -- cfg.main = 'main' ---- This parameter displays in talk namespaces: -- cfg.talk = 'talk' ---- This parameter displays content for "other" namespaces (namespaces for which ---- parameters have not been specified): -- cfg.other = 'other' ---- This parameter makes talk pages behave as though they are the corresponding ---- subject namespace. Note that this parameter is used with [[Module:Yesno]]. ---- Edit that module to change the default values of "yes", "no", etc. -- cfg.subjectns = 'subjectns' ---- This parameter sets a demonstration namespace: -- cfg.demospace = 'demospace' ---- This parameter sets a specific page to compare: cfg.demopage = 'page' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Table configuration -- -- These configuration items allow customisation of the "table" function, -- -- used to generate a table of possible parameters in the module -- -- documentation. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- The header for the namespace column in the wikitable containing the list of ---- possible subject-space parameters. -- cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader = 'Namespace' ---- The header for the wikitable containing the list of possible subject-space ---- parameters. -- cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader = 'Aliases' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End of configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. 1o6ozz56i8q0xgyl6xa41n2v7kelhli 828 92 1014 1013 2014-04-05T17:02:16Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 bug fix - use the demospace parameter as both key and value in the argKeys table 1014 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect data -- -- This module holds data for [[Module:Namespace detect]] to be loaded per -- -- page, rather than per #invoke, for performance reasons. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = require('Module:Namespace detect/config') local function addKey(t, key, defaultKey) if key ~= defaultKey then t[#t + 1] = key end end -- Get a table of parameters to query for each default parameter name. -- This allows wikis to customise parameter names in the cfg table while -- ensuring that default parameter names will always work. The cfg table -- values can be added as a string, or as an array of strings. local defaultKeys = { 'main', 'talk', 'other', 'subjectns', 'demospace', 'demopage' } local argKeys = {} for i, defaultKey in ipairs(defaultKeys) do argKeys[defaultKey] = {defaultKey} end for defaultKey, t in pairs(argKeys) do local cfgValue = cfg[defaultKey] local cfgValueType = type(cfgValue) if cfgValueType == 'string' then addKey(t, cfgValue, defaultKey) elseif cfgValueType == 'table' then for i, key in ipairs(cfgValue) do addKey(t, key, defaultKey) end end cfg[defaultKey] = nil -- Free the cfg value as we don't need it any more. end local function getParamMappings() --[[ -- Returns a table of how parameter names map to namespace names. The keys -- are the actual namespace names, in lower case, and the values are the -- possible parameter names for that namespace, also in lower case. The -- table entries are structured like this: -- { -- [''] = {'main'}, -- ['wikipedia'] = {'wikipedia', 'project', 'wp'}, -- ... -- } --]] local mappings = {} local mainNsName = mw.site.subjectNamespaces[0].name mainNsName = mw.ustring.lower(mainNsName) mappings[mainNsName] = mw.clone(argKeys.main) mappings['talk'] = mw.clone(argKeys.talk) for nsid, ns in pairs(mw.site.subjectNamespaces) do if nsid ~= 0 then -- Exclude main namespace. local nsname = mw.ustring.lower(ns.name) local canonicalName = mw.ustring.lower(ns.canonicalName) mappings[nsname] = {nsname} if canonicalName ~= nsname then table.insert(mappings[nsname], canonicalName) end for _, alias in ipairs(ns.aliases) do table.insert(mappings[nsname], mw.ustring.lower(alias)) end end end return mappings end return { argKeys = argKeys, cfg = cfg, mappings = getParamMappings() } ojp6d3pc8mql5nufaqdg576c9so3479 828 125 3054 3053 2014-11-30T21:51:43Z wikipedia>George Orwell III 0 rem unneeded tabs/spacing for more unified importing/exporting 3054 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local getArgs function p._navbar(args) local titleArg = 1 if args.collapsible then titleArg = 2 if not args.plain then args.mini = 1 end if args.fontcolor then args.fontstyle = 'color:' .. args.fontcolor .. ';' end args.style = 'float:left; text-align:left; width:6em;' end local titleText = args[titleArg] or (':' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle()) local title = mw.title.new(mw.text.trim(titleText), 'Template'); if not title then error('Invalid title ' .. titleText) end local talkpage = title.talkPageTitle and title.talkPageTitle.fullText or ''; local div = mw.html.create():tag('div') div :addClass('plainlinks') :addClass('hlist') :addClass('navbar') :cssText(args.style) if args.mini then div:addClass('mini') end if not (args.mini or args.plain) then div :tag('span') :css('word-spacing', 0) :cssText(args.fontstyle) :wikitext(args.text or 'This box:') :wikitext(' ') end if args.brackets then div :tag('span') :css('margin-right', '-0.125em') :cssText(args.fontstyle) :wikitext('&#91;') :newline(); end local ul = div:tag('ul'); ul :tag('li') :addClass('nv-view') :wikitext('[[' .. title.fullText .. '|') :tag('span') :attr('title', 'View this template') :cssText(args.fontstyle) :wikitext(args.mini and 'v' or 'view') :done() :wikitext(']]') :done() :tag('li') :addClass('nv-talk') :wikitext('[[' .. talkpage .. '|') :tag('span') :attr('title', 'Discuss this template') :cssText(args.fontstyle) :wikitext(args.mini and 't' or 'talk') :done() :wikitext(']]'); if not args.noedit then ul :tag('li') :addClass('nv-edit') :wikitext('[' .. title:fullUrl('action=edit') .. ' ') :tag('span') :attr('title', 'Edit this template') :cssText(args.fontstyle) :wikitext(args.mini and 'e' or 'edit') :done() :wikitext(']'); end if args.brackets then div :tag('span') :css('margin-left', '-0.125em') :cssText(args.fontstyle) :wikitext('&#93;') :newline(); end if args.collapsible then div :done() :tag('span') :css('font-size', '110%') :cssText(args.fontstyle) :wikitext(args[1]) end return tostring(div:done()) end function p.navbar(frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return p._navbar(getArgs(frame)) end return p p4k4w6fpxrech8gjz80ymsvfxebg9dz 828 126 3110 3109 2014-11-30T16:22:22Z wikipedia>Jackmcbarn 0 looks like we really shouldn't have been checking border here at all 3110 Scribunto text/plain -- -- This module implements {{Navbox}} -- local p = {} local navbar = require('Module:Navbar')._navbar local getArgs -- lazily initialized local args local tableRowAdded = false local border local listnums = {} local function trim(s) return (mw.ustring.gsub(s, "^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1")) end local function addNewline(s) if s:match('^[*:;#]') or s:match('^{|') then return '\n' .. s ..'\n' else return s end end local function addTableRow(tbl) -- If any other rows have already been added, then we add a 2px gutter row. if tableRowAdded then tbl :tag('tr') :css('height', '2px') :tag('td') :attr('colspan',2) end tableRowAdded = true return tbl:tag('tr') end local function renderNavBar(titleCell) -- Depending on the presence of the navbar and/or show/hide link, we may need to add a spacer div on the left -- or right to keep the title centered. local spacerSide = nil if args.navbar == 'off' then -- No navbar, and client wants no spacer, i.e. wants the title to be shifted to the left. If there's -- also no show/hide link, then we need a spacer on the right to achieve the left shift. if args.state == 'plain' then spacerSide = 'right' end elseif args.navbar == 'plain' or (not args.name and mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') == 'Template:Navbox') then -- No navbar. Need a spacer on the left to balance out the width of the show/hide link. if args.state ~= 'plain' then spacerSide = 'left' end else -- Will render navbar (or error message). If there's no show/hide link, need a spacer on the right -- to balance out the width of the navbar. if args.state == 'plain' then spacerSide = 'right' end titleCell:wikitext(navbar{ args.name, mini = 1, fontstyle = (args.basestyle or '') .. ';' .. (args.titlestyle or '') .. ';background:none transparent;border:none;' }) end -- Render the spacer div. if spacerSide then titleCell :tag('span') :css('float', spacerSide) :css('width', '6em') :wikitext('&nbsp;') end end -- -- Title row -- local function renderTitleRow(tbl) if not args.title then return end local titleRow = addTableRow(tbl) if args.titlegroup then titleRow :tag('th') :attr('scope', 'row') :addClass('navbox-group') :addClass(args.titlegroupclass) :cssText(args.basestyle) :cssText(args.groupstyle) :cssText(args.titlegroupstyle) :wikitext(args.titlegroup) end local titleCell = titleRow:tag('th'):attr('scope', 'col') if args.titlegroup then titleCell :css('border-left', '2px solid #fdfdfd') :css('width', '100%') end local titleColspan = 2 if args.imageleft then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end if args.image then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end if args.titlegroup then titleColspan = titleColspan - 1 end titleCell :cssText(args.basestyle) :cssText(args.titlestyle) :addClass('navbox-title') :attr('colspan', titleColspan) renderNavBar(titleCell) titleCell :tag('div') :addClass(args.titleclass) :css('font-size', '110%') :wikitext(addNewline(args.title)) end -- -- Above/Below rows -- local function getAboveBelowColspan() local ret = 2 if args.imageleft then ret = ret + 1 end if args.image then ret = ret + 1 end return ret end local function renderAboveRow(tbl) if not args.above then return end addTableRow(tbl) :tag('td') :addClass('navbox-abovebelow') :addClass(args.aboveclass) :cssText(args.basestyle) :cssText(args.abovestyle) :attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan()) :tag('div') :wikitext(addNewline(args.above)) end local function renderBelowRow(tbl) if not args.below then return end addTableRow(tbl) :tag('td') :addClass('navbox-abovebelow') :addClass(args.belowclass) :cssText(args.basestyle) :cssText(args.belowstyle) :attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan()) :tag('div') :wikitext(addNewline(args.below)) end -- -- List rows -- local function renderListRow(tbl, listnum) local row = addTableRow(tbl) if listnum == 1 and args.imageleft then row :tag('td') :addClass('navbox-image') :addClass(args.imageclass) :css('width', '0%') :css('padding', '0px 2px 0px 0px') :cssText(args.imageleftstyle) :attr('rowspan', 2 * #listnums - 1) :tag('div') :wikitext(addNewline(args.imageleft)) end if args['group' .. listnum] then local groupCell = row:tag('th') groupCell :attr('scope', 'row') :addClass('navbox-group') :addClass(args.groupclass) :cssText(args.basestyle) if args.groupwidth then groupCell:css('width', args.groupwidth) end groupCell :cssText(args.groupstyle) :cssText(args['group' .. listnum .. 'style']) :wikitext(args['group' .. listnum]) end local listCell = row:tag('td') if args['group' .. listnum] then listCell :css('text-align', 'left') :css('border-left-width', '2px') :css('border-left-style', 'solid') else listCell:attr('colspan', 2) end if not args.groupwidth then listCell:css('width', '100%') end local isOdd = (listnum % 2) == 1 local rowstyle = args.evenstyle if isOdd then rowstyle = args.oddstyle end local evenOdd if args.evenodd == 'swap' then if isOdd then evenOdd = 'even' else evenOdd = 'odd' end else if isOdd then evenOdd = args.evenodd or 'odd' else evenOdd = args.evenodd or 'even' end end listCell :css('padding', '0px') :cssText(args.liststyle) :cssText(rowstyle) :cssText(args['list' .. listnum .. 'style']) :addClass('navbox-list') :addClass('navbox-' .. evenOdd) :addClass(args.listclass) :tag('div') :css('padding', (listnum == 1 and args.list1padding) or args.listpadding or '0em 0.25em') :wikitext(addNewline(args['list' .. listnum])) if listnum == 1 and args.image then row :tag('td') :addClass('navbox-image') :addClass(args.imageclass) :css('width', '0%') :css('padding', '0px 0px 0px 2px') :cssText(args.imagestyle) :attr('rowspan', 2 * #listnums - 1) :tag('div') :wikitext(addNewline(args.image)) end end -- -- Tracking categories -- local function needsHorizontalLists() if border == 'child' or border == 'subgroup' or args.tracking == 'no' then return false end local listClasses = {'plainlist', 'hlist', 'hlist hnum', 'hlist hwrap', 'hlist vcard', 'vcard hlist', 'hlist vevent'} for i, cls in ipairs(listClasses) do if args.listclass == cls or args.bodyclass == cls then return false end end return true end local function hasBackgroundColors() return mw.ustring.match(args.titlestyle or '','background') or mw.ustring.match(args.groupstyle or '','background') or mw.ustring.match(args.basestyle or '','background') end local function getTrackingCategories() local cats = {} if needsHorizontalLists() then table.insert(cats, 'Navigational boxes without horizontal lists') end if hasBackgroundColors() then table.insert(cats, 'Navboxes using background colours') end return cats end local function renderTrackingCategories(builder) local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.namespace ~= 10 then return end -- not in template space local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == 'doc' or subpage == 'sandbox' or subpage == 'testcases' then return end for i, cat in ipairs(getTrackingCategories()) do builder:wikitext('[[Category:' .. cat .. ']]') end end -- -- Main navbox tables -- local function renderMainTable() local tbl = mw.html.create('table') :addClass('nowraplinks') :addClass(args.bodyclass) if args.title and (args.state ~= 'plain' and args.state ~= 'off') then tbl :addClass('collapsible') :addClass(args.state or 'autocollapse') end tbl:css('border-spacing', 0) if border == 'subgroup' or border == 'child' or border == 'none' then tbl :addClass('navbox-subgroup') :cssText(args.bodystyle) :cssText(args.style) else -- regular navobx - bodystyle and style will be applied to the wrapper table tbl :addClass('navbox-inner') :css('background', 'transparent') :css('color', 'inherit') end tbl:cssText(args.innerstyle) renderTitleRow(tbl) renderAboveRow(tbl) for i, listnum in ipairs(listnums) do renderListRow(tbl, listnum) end renderBelowRow(tbl) return tbl end function p._navbox(navboxArgs) args = navboxArgs for k, v in pairs(args) do local listnum = ('' .. k):match('^list(%d+)$') if listnum then table.insert(listnums, tonumber(listnum)) end end table.sort(listnums) border = trim(args.border or args[1] or '') -- render the main body of the navbox local tbl = renderMainTable() -- render the appropriate wrapper around the navbox, depending on the border param local res = mw.html.create() if border == 'none' then res:node(tbl) elseif border == 'subgroup' or border == 'child' then -- We assume that this navbox is being rendered in a list cell of a parent navbox, and is -- therefore inside a div with padding:0em 0.25em. We start with a </div> to avoid the -- padding being applied, and at the end add a <div> to balance out the parent's </div> res :wikitext('</div>') -- XXX: hack due to lack of unclosed support in mw.html. :node(tbl) :wikitext('<div>') -- XXX: hack due to lack of unclosed support in mw.html. else res :tag('table') :addClass('navbox') :css('border-spacing', 0) :cssText(args.bodystyle) :cssText(args.style) :tag('tr') :tag('td') :css('padding', '2px') :node(tbl) end renderTrackingCategories(res) return tostring(res) end function p.navbox(frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end args = getArgs(frame, {wrappers = 'Template:Navbox'}) -- Read the arguments in the order they'll be output in, to make references number in the right order. local _ _ = args.title _ = args.above for i = 1, 20 do _ = args["group" .. tostring(i)] _ = args["list" .. tostring(i)] end _ = args.below return p._navbox(args) end return p 0xz6w9qh3qly5ymbn3g095ijl4yfqxn 828 93 1019 1018 2014-05-02T15:35:56Z wikipedia>Jackmcbarn 0 rm name exception 1019 Scribunto text/plain local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {} function mt.__index (t, k) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to read nil global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end return nil end function mt.__newindex(t, k, v) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to write global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end rawset(t, k, v) end setmetatable(_G, mt) gggsv54pq7f94l3up48hr91qtxnskdm 828 94 1237 1236 2014-12-18T12:33:04Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 use [[Module:File link]] again, instead of the sandbox 1237 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('Module:No globals') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local nsText = mw.site.namespaces[14].name if cat and sort then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', nsText, cat, sort ) elseif cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s]]', nsText, cat ) else return '' end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s ("%s")', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end local function toTableEnd(t, pos) -- Sends the value at position pos to the end of array t, and shifts the -- other items down accordingly. return table.insert(t, table.remove(t, pos)) end local function walkHierarchy(hierarchy, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) if k == nil then break end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(hierarchy[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end return retval end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action ("%s")', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if obj.level == 'accountcreator' then -- Lump titleblacklisted pages in with template-protected pages, -- since templateeditors can do both. obj.level = 'templateeditor' elseif not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry if args.expiry then if cfg.indefStrings[args.expiry] then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif type(args.expiry) == 'number' then obj.expiry = args.expiry else obj.expiry = validateDate(args.expiry, 'expiry date') end end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Exit if the page is not protected. if not self:isProtected() then return '' end -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment do namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] if self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] then -- table.insert(order, 3, table.remove(order, 2)) toTableEnd(order, 2) else toTableEnd(order, 3) end --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:needsExpiry() local cfg = self._cfg local actionNeedsCheck = cfg.expiryCheckActions[self.action] return not self.expiry and ( actionNeedsCheck or ( actionNeedsCheck == nil and self.reason -- the old {{pp-protected}} didn't check for expiry and not cfg.reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck[self.reason] ) ) end function Protection:isIncorrect() local expiry = self.expiry return not self:isProtected() or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time() end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = { self:makeProtectionCategory() } if self:needsExpiry() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-expiry'], self.title.text ) end if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return require('Module:Vandal-m')._main{ self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:setImageWidth(width) self._imageWidth = width end function BannerTemplate:setImageTooltip(tooltip) self._imageCaption = tooltip end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self._imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self._imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj:setImageWidth(40) obj:setImageTooltip(blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt')) -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj:setImageWidth(20) obj:setImageTooltip(blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip')) obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._right = cfg.padlockPositions[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockPositions.default or '55px' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local root = mw.html.create('div') root :addClass('metadata topicon nopopups') :attr('id', 'protected-icon') :css{display = 'none', right = self._right} :wikitext(self:renderImage()) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its protection from some other action, -- then don't bother displaying anything for the other action (except categories). if protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not walkHierarchy(cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level)[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)] then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:isProtected() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p re37ycozek1bayrzrtu3otogs1mpwxk 828 95 1331 1330 2014-11-12T19:06:56Z wikipedia>Cenarium 0 restoring Mr. Stradivarius' edit since testing is OK and categories are ready 1331 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPIRY} - the protection expiry date in the format DD Month YYYY. If -- protection is indefinite or is not set, this is the blank string. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 1', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review', image = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg' }, default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 2', tooltip = 'All edits by users who are not reviewers or administrators are' .. ' subject to review', } } }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy.', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living people', }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to Digital Millennium Copyright Act takedown requests.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes.', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]].', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation.', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version.', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]].', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules.', text = 'This is a permanently [[Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user.', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title.', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Padlock-olive.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]].' } }, autoreview = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|' .. 'protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access' .. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered' .. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Help:Protection|disabled]]' }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|protected]]' .. ' from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]', default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by users who are not' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewers]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrators]] are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page' .. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { reviewer = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} will not be visible to readers' .. ' until they are accepted by a reviewer or an administrator.' .. ' To avoid the need for your edits to be reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]]. Experienced editors may also' .. ' request the [[Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewer user right]].', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and proteciton level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Padlock.svg', templateeditor = 'Padlock-pink.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver.svg' }, move = { default = 'Padlock-olive.svg', }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg', default = 'Padlock-orange.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc1', reviewer = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc2' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock positions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the "right" CSS property for small padlock -- icons, which determines where the icon appears on the top bar among the other -- top icons. The data is stored by protection action. If no value is found for -- the action, the default field is used. padlockPositions = { autoreview = '85px', default = '55px' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia protected pages', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Protected main page images', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected images', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Protected images', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages (level 1)', ['all|all|all|reviewer|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages (level 2)', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, accountcreator = {'templateeditor'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'accountcreator'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. The arguments cannot be overwritten by the -- user. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc2'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {expiry = 'indef', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-expiry'] = 'Wikipedia protected pages without expiry', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Padlock-red.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } 4u1nupyaek5tdfq2secpxnch19w5nzy 828 127 3133 3132 2014-12-01T01:39:59Z wikipedia>Jackmcbarn 0 use mw.html 3133 Scribunto text/plain -- -- This module implements {{Sidebar}} -- require('Module:No globals') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local navbar = require('Module:Navbar')._navbar local function trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(s) -- For compatibility with the original {{sidebar with collapsible lists}} -- implementation, which passed some parameters through {{#if}} to trim -- their whitespace. This also triggered the automatic newline behavior. -- ([[meta:Help:Newlines and spaces#Automatic newline]]) s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, "^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1") if mw.ustring.find(s, '^[#*:;]') or mw.ustring.find(s, '^{|') then return '\n' .. s else return s end end function p.sidebar(frame, args) if not args then args = getArgs(frame) end local root = mw.html.create() local child = args.child and mw.text.trim(args.child) == 'yes' if not child then root = root :tag('table') :addClass('vertical-navbox') :addClass(args.wraplinks ~= 'true' and 'nowraplinks' or nil) :addClass(args.bodyclass or args.class) :css('float', args.float or 'right') :css('clear', (args.float == 'none' and 'both') or args.float or 'right') :css('width', args.width or '22.0em') :css('margin', args.float == 'left' and '0 1.0em 1.0em 0' or '0 0 1.0em 1.0em') :css('background', '#f9f9f9') :css('border', '1px solid #aaa') :css('padding', '0.2em') :css('border-spacing', '0.4em 0') :css('text-align', 'center') :css('line-height', '1.4em') :css('font-size', '88%') :cssText(args.bodystyle or args.style) if args.outertitle then root :tag('caption') :addClass(args.outertitleclass) :css('padding-bottom', '0.2em') :css('font-size', '125%') :css('line-height', '1.2em') :css('font-weight', 'bold') :cssText(args.outertitlestyle) :wikitext(args.outertitle) end if args.topimage then local imageCell = root:tag('tr'):tag('td') imageCell :addClass(args.topimageclass) :css('padding', '0.4em 0') :cssText(args.topimagestyle) :wikitext(args.topimage) if args.topcaption then imageCell :tag('div') :css('padding-top', '0.2em') :css('line-height', '1.2em') :cssText(args.topcaptionstyle) :wikitext(args.topcaption) end end if args.pretitle then root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(args.pretitleclass) :cssText(args.basestyle) :css('padding-top', args.topimage and '0.2em' or '0.4em') :css('line-height', '1.2em') :cssText(args.pretitlestyle) :wikitext(args.pretitle) end end if args.title then if child then root :wikitext(args.title) :wikitext('</th></tr>') -- @todo replace this with unclosed again once mw.html gets it else root :tag('tr') :tag('th') :addClass(args.titleclass) :cssText(args.basestyle) :css('padding', '0.2em 0.4em 0.2em') :css('padding-top', args.pretitle and 0) :css('font-size', '145%') :css('line-height', '1.2em') :cssText(args.titlestyle) :wikitext(args.title) end end if args.image then local imageCell = root:tag('tr'):tag('td') imageCell :addClass(args.imageclass) :css('padding', '0.2em 0 0.4em') :cssText(args.imagestyle) :wikitext(args.image) if args.caption then imageCell :tag('div') :css('padding-top', '0.2em') :css('line-height', '1.2em') :cssText(args.captionstyle) :wikitext(args.caption) end end if args.above then root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(args.aboveclass) :css('padding', '0.3em 0.4em 0.3em') :css('font-weight', 'bold') :cssText(args.abovestyle) :newline() -- newline required for bullet-points to work :wikitext(args.above) end local rowNums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do k = '' .. k local num = k:match('^heading(%d+)$') or k:match('^content(%d+)$') if num then table.insert(rowNums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(rowNums) -- remove duplicates from the list (e.g. 3 will be duplicated if both heading3 and content3 are specified) for i = #rowNums, 1, -1 do if rowNums[i] == rowNums[i - 1] then table.remove(rowNums, i) end end for i, num in ipairs(rowNums) do local heading = args['heading' .. num] if heading then root :tag('tr') :tag('th') :addClass(args.headingclass) :css('padding', '0.1em') :cssText(args.basestyle) :cssText(args.headingstyle) :cssText(args['heading' .. num .. 'style']) :newline() :wikitext(heading) end local content = args['content' .. num] if content then root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(args.contentclass) :css('padding', '0 0.1em 0.4em') :cssText(args.contentstyle) :cssText(args['content' .. num .. 'style']) :newline() :wikitext(content) :done() :newline() -- Without a linebreak after the </td>, a nested list like "* {{hlist| ...}}" doesn't parse correctly. end end if args.below then root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(args.belowclass) :css('padding', '0.3em 0.4em 0.3em') :css('font-weight', 'bold') :cssText(args.belowstyle) :newline() :wikitext(args.below) end if not child then local navbarArg = args.navbar or args.tnavbar if navbarArg ~= 'none' and navbarArg ~= 'off' and (args.name or frame:getParent():getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') ~= 'Template:Sidebar') then root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :css('text-align', 'right') :css('font-size', '115%') :cssText(args.navbarstyle or args.tnavbarstyle) :wikitext(navbar{ args.name, mini = 1, fontstyle = args.navbarfontstyle or args.tnavbarfontstyle }) end end return tostring(root) end function p.collapsible(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) args.abovestyle = 'border-top: 1px solid #aaa; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa;' .. (args.abovestyle or '') args.belowstyle = 'border-top: 1px solid #aaa; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa;' .. (args.belowstyle or '') args.navbarstyle = 'padding-top: 0.6em;' .. (args.navbarstyle or args.tnavbarstyle or '') local contentArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = string.match(k, '^list(%d+)$') if num then local expand = args.expanded and (args.expanded == 'all' or args.expanded == args['list' .. num .. 'name']) local row = mw.html.create('div') row :addClass('NavFrame') :addClass((not expand) and 'collapsed' or nil) :css('border', 'none') :css('padding', 0) :cssText(args.listframestyle) :cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'framestyle']) :tag('div') :addClass('NavHead') :addClass(args.listtitleclass) :css('font-size', '105%') :css('background', 'transparent') :css('text-align', 'left') :cssText(args.basestyle) :cssText(args.listtitlestyle) :cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'titlestyle']) :wikitext(trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(args['list' .. num .. 'title'] or 'List')) :done() :tag('div') :addClass('NavContent') :addClass(args.listclass) :addClass(args['list' .. num .. 'class']) :css('font-size', '105%') :css('padding', '0.2em 0 0.4em') :css('text-align', 'center') :cssText(args.liststyle) :cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'style']) :wikitext(trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(args['list' .. num])) contentArgs['content' .. num] = tostring(row) end end for k, v in pairs(contentArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.sidebar(frame, args) end return p km1kibccbqjrayi6k9yqzts1ru0164c 828 128 3156 3155 2013-04-26T10:52:01Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 Add "rep" function per request by [[User:קיפודנחש]] at [[Wikipedia:Lua requests#Template:Loop and Template:Loop15]]. Copied from sandbox. 3156 Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions. Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or remove such whitespace. Global options ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in an empty string being returned rather than an error message. error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to include with the error message. The default category is [Category:Errors reported by Module String]. no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error is generated. Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests. ]] local str = {} --[[ len This function returns the length of the target string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}} OR {{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}} Parameters s: The string whose length to report If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. ]] function str.len( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} ); local s = new_args['s'] or ''; return mw.ustring.len( s ) end --[[ sub This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices. Usage: {{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}} OR {{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}} Parameters s: The string to return a subset of i: The fist index of the substring to return, defaults to 1. j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character. The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as selecting the last character of the string. If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is reported. ]] function str.sub( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } ); local s = new_args['s'] or ''; local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1; local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1; local len = mw.ustring.len( s ); -- Convert negatives for range checking if i < 0 then i = len + i + 1; end if j < 0 then j = len + j + 1; end if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' ); end if j < i then return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' ); end return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j ) end --[[ This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order to maintain these older templates. ]] function str.sublength( frame ) local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0 local len = tonumber( frame.args.len ) return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) ) end --[[ match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. Usage: {{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}} OR {{#invoke:String|pos|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}} Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found. If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and an empty string will be returned on any failure. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] function str.match( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} ); local s = new_args['s'] or ''; local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1; local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false ); local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or ''; local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 ); local nomatch = new_args['nomatch']; if s == '' then return str._error( 'Target string is empty' ); end if pattern == '' then return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' ); end if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' ); end if match_index == 0 then return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' ); end if plain_flag then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ); end local result if match_index == 1 then -- Find first match is simple case result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start ) else if start > 1 then s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start ); end local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern); if match_index > 0 then -- Forward search for w in iterator do match_index = match_index - 1; if match_index == 0 then result = w; break; end end else -- Reverse search local result_table = {}; local count = 1; for w in iterator do result_table[count] = w; count = count + 1; end result = result_table[ count + match_index ]; end end if result == nil then if nomatch == nil then return str._error( 'Match not found' ); else return nomatch; end else return result; end end --[[ pos This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos. Usage: {{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}} OR {{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}} Parameters target: The string to search pos: The index for the character to return If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. The first character has an index value of 1. If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character. A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error. ]] function str.pos( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} ); local target_str = new_args['target'] or ''; local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0; if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then return str._error( 'String index out of range' ); end return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos ); end --[[ str_find This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks. This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead. Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based, and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source". Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for separatetly. ]] function str.str_find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} ); local source_str = new_args['source'] or ''; local target_str = new_args['target'] or ''; if target_str == '' then return 1; end local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true ) if start == nil then start = -1 end return start end --[[ find This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search target: The string or pattern to find within source start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1 plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this function also returns 0. This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings. ]] function str.find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } ); local source_str = new_args['source'] or ''; local pattern = new_args['target'] or ''; local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1; local plain = new_args['plain'] or true; if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return 0; end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ); local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain ) if start == nil then start = 0 end return start end --[[ replace This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string| count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search pattern: The string or pattern to find within source replace: The replacement text count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all. plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true ]] function str.replace( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } ); local source_str = new_args['source'] or ''; local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or ''; local replace = new_args['replace'] or ''; local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] ); local plain = new_args['plain'] or true; if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return source_str; end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ); if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ); replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ); --Only need to escape replacement sequences. end local result; if count ~= nil then result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count ); else result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace ); end return result; end --[[ simple function to pipe string.rep to templates. ]] function str.rep( frame ) local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] ) if not repetitions then return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' ) end return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions ) end --[[ Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application. ]] function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list ) local new_args = {}; local index = 1; local value; for i,arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do value = frame_args[arg] if value == nil then value = frame_args[index]; index = index + 1; end new_args[arg] = value; end return new_args; end --[[ Helper function to handle error messages. ]] function str._error( error_str ) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame(); local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'Errors reported by Module String'; local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false; local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false; if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then return ''; end local error_str = '<strong class="error">String Module Error: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>'; if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str; end return error_str; end --[[ Helper Function to interpret boolean strings ]] function str._getBoolean( boolean_str ) local boolean_value; if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then boolean_str = boolean_str:lower(); if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0' or boolean_str == '' then boolean_value = false; else boolean_value = true; end elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then boolean_value = boolean_str; else error( 'No boolean value found' ); end return boolean_value end --[[ Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated as plain text. ]] function str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, "([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])", "%%%1" ); end return str l0shz7fzxb1bq626nihqwbptk7dfqd5 828 129 3198 3197 2014-05-25T14:11:02Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 fix cleanPattern function - some of the character classes were still being magic even when they were inside the set, so escape them all 3198 Scribunto text/plain --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- TableTools -- -- -- -- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables. -- -- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should -- -- not be called directly from #invoke. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local p = {} -- Define often-used variables and functions. local floor = math.floor local infinity = math.huge local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isPositiveInteger -- -- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is -- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the -- hash part of a table. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.isPositiveInteger(v) if type(v) == 'number' and v >= 1 and floor(v) == v and v < infinity then return true else return false end end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isNan -- -- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is -- useful for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will -- generate an error if a NaN is used as a table key. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.isNan(v) if type(v) == 'number' and tostring(v) == '-nan' then return true else return false end end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- shallowClone -- -- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all -- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned -- table will have no metatable of its own. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.shallowClone(t) local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do ret[k] = v end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- removeDuplicates -- -- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are -- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are -- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.removeDuplicates(t) checkType('removeDuplicates', 1, t, 'table') local isNan = p.isNan local ret, exists = {}, {} for i, v in ipairs(t) do if isNan(v) then -- NaNs can't be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don't need to check existence. ret[#ret + 1] = v else if not exists[v] then ret[#ret + 1] = v exists[v] = true end end end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numKeys -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical -- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.numKeys(t) checkType('numKeys', 1, t, 'table') local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do if isPositiveInteger(k) then nums[#nums + 1] = k end end table.sort(nums) return nums end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- affixNums -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the -- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table -- {a1 = 'foo', a3 = 'bar', a6 = 'baz'} and the prefix "a", affixNums will -- return {1, 3, 6}. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix) checkType('affixNums', 1, t, 'table') checkType('affixNums', 2, prefix, 'string', true) checkType('affixNums', 3, suffix, 'string', true) local function cleanPattern(s) -- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally. s = s:gsub('([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])', '%%%1') return s end prefix = prefix or '' suffix = suffix or '' prefix = cleanPattern(prefix) suffix = cleanPattern(suffix) local pattern = '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)' .. suffix .. '$' local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do if type(k) == 'string' then local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern) if num then nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num) end end end table.sort(nums) return nums end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numData -- -- Given a table with keys like ("foo1", "bar1", "foo2", "baz2"), returns a table -- of subtables in the format -- { [1] = {foo = 'text', bar = 'text'}, [2] = {foo = 'text', baz = 'text'} } -- Keys that don't end with an integer are stored in a subtable named "other". -- The compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.numData(t, compress) checkType('numData', 1, t, 'table') checkType('numData', 2, compress, 'boolean', true) local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$') if num then num = tonumber(num) local subtable = ret[num] or {} if prefix == '' then -- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead. prefix = 1 end subtable[prefix] = v ret[num] = subtable else local subtable = ret.other or {} subtable[k] = v ret.other = subtable end end if compress then local other = ret.other ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret) ret.other = other end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- compressSparseArray -- -- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values -- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.compressSparseArray(t) checkType('compressSparseArray', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} local nums = p.numKeys(t) for _, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = t[num] end return ret end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseIpairs -- -- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can -- handle nil values. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.sparseIpairs(t) checkType('sparseIpairs', 1, t, 'table') local nums = p.numKeys(t) local i = 0 local lim = #nums return function () i = i + 1 if i <= lim then local key = nums[i] return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- size -- -- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays, -- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.size(t) checkType('size', 1, t, 'table') local i = 0 for k in pairs(t) do i = i + 1 end return i end return p k1omc17qij757n8hd68yihcqxo4biqi 828 96 1336 1335 2014-08-22T15:48:46Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 add tracking category per protected edit request by [[User:Jackmcbarn]] 1336 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local specialParams = { ['$N'] = 'template name', -- Deprecated, but keeping until it is removed from transcluding templates ['$B'] = 'template content', } p[''] = function ( frame ) if not frame:getParent() then error( '{{#invoke:Unsubst|}} makes no sense without a parent frame' ) end if not frame.args['$B'] then error( '{{#invoke:Unsubst|}} requires parameter $B (template content)' ) end if mw.isSubsting() then ---- substing -- Combine passed args with passed defaults local args = {} for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do if not specialParams[k] then if v == '__DATE__' then v = mw.getContentLanguage():formatDate( 'F Y' ) end args[k] = v end end for k, v in pairs( frame:getParent().args ) do args[k] = v end -- Build an equivalent template invocation -- First, find the title to use local titleobj = mw.title.new(frame:getParent():getTitle()) local title if titleobj.namespace == 10 then -- NS_TEMPLATE title = titleobj.text elseif titleobj.namespace == 0 then -- NS_MAIN title = ':' .. titleobj.text else title = titleobj.prefixedText end -- Build the invocation body with numbered args first, then named local ret = '{{' .. title for k, v in ipairs( args ) do if string.find( v, '=', 1, true ) then -- likely something like 1=foo=bar, we need to do it as a named arg break end ret = ret .. '|' .. v args[k] = nil end for k, v in pairs( args ) do ret = ret .. '|' .. k .. '=' .. v end return ret .. '}}' else ---- Not substing -- Just return the "body" return frame.args['$B'] .. (frame.args['$N'] and frame:getParent():getTitle() == mw.title.getCurrentTitle().prefixedText and '[[Category:Calls to Module:Unsubst that use $N]]' or '') end end return p fdjjtjtthk6em9exzsl6061n0mrq7o3 828 97 1359 1358 2014-04-18T10:35:42Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 use the Lua string.lower function instead of mw.ustring.lower; this makes the function around 25x faster 1359 Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end ew4l88ll7bbgr20npia5rfyblzqhgyg